外研版七年级英语册单元测试题全套答案解析A
含期中试题 1 套期末试题 2 套 15 套
Module 1 关测试
限时： 60 分钟 满分： 100 分
单项选择 ( 题 1 分 15 分 )
1 ． Mike often helps me________English
A ． in B ． on
C ． with D ． of
2 ． The kid can＇t find his mother That＇s________he is crying on the street
A ． why B ． because
C ． when D ． what
3 ． ________ ． There are too many cars in the street
A ． Welcome B ． Thanks
C ． Sorry D ． Be careful
4 ． Here________ so many trees
A ． is B ． am
C ． are D ． be
5 ． If you do things________ usually you can＇t do them well
A ． in a hurry B ． from now on
C ． just now D ． at once
6 ． —These are my pencils Thank you very much
—________ ．
A ． You＇re welcome B ． The same to you
C ． Goodbye D ． Don＇t say that
7 ． We can use the________to talk with our friends
A ． camera B ． TV
C ． radio D ． mobile phone
8 ． He needs ( 需 )________ meat
A ． two kilos B ． two kilos of
C ． two kilo of D ． two kilo
9 ． He＇s ________ his key but he can＇t ________ it
A ． look for find
B ． looking for find
C ． finding look for
D ． looking find
10 ． —________ crayon is this
—It＇s Sam＇s
A ． Who B ． Whom
C ． Whose D ． What
11 ． They ________ photos of the mountains at the moment
A ． take B ． will take
C ． are taking D ． took
12 ． I have two pens One is red ________ is blue
A ． Other B ． The other
C ． Others D ． The others
13 ． —Is this ________ computer
—Yes it＇s________ My mother bought it for me
A ． you me B ． your my
C ． yours mine D ． your mine
14 ． ________ let our new student Lucy tell us a funny story
A ． After all B ． First of all
C ． At all D ． In all
15 ． —Why not ________your bag in the hotel ？ It＇s too heavy
—That sounds good
A ． forget B ． to forget
C ． leave D ． to leave
二完形填空 ( 题 15 分 15 分 )
Mr James ________ 16 at the school Lost and Found He works very ________ 17 Every day when ________ 18 gets a lost thing he takes notes ( 记录 ) ________ 19 it There ________ 20 pens books school uniforms ( 校服 ) keys and many ________ 21 things in the Lost and Found Most of them are the ________ 22 If you lose your things it＇s easy for you ________ 23 the Lost and Found for help But you must tell Mr James w hat it is its color and the day ________ 24 you can＇t find it I think Mr James is very helpful ( 乐助 ) and you will be ________ 25 when you find your lost things there
16 ． Awork B ． to work C ． working D ． works
17 ． Acarefully B ． careful C ． care D ． good
18 ． Ahe B ． her C ． him D ． his
19 ． Ain B ． about C ． to D ． at
20 ． Aam B ． is C ． are D ． be
21 ． Aothers B ． other C ． the other D ． the others
22 ． Ateacher B ． student＇s C ． students＇ D ． teacher＇s
23 ． Ago B ． to go C ． to go to D ． going
24 ． Awhat B ． when C ． where D ． how
25 ． Ahappily B ． sad C ． angry D ． happy
三阅读理解 ( 题 2 分 20 分 )
A
Lost Cat
Please help me to find my cat
His name is Fluff and he＇s a Persian cat
The photo is an old one of Fluff It is bigger now
Fluff went missing from my home on Christmas Day of 2017
If you find him please call me at 9184 3568
I＇m Jack Lim and my address is ：
32 Lavender Lane Singapore 532981
Reward for finding Fluff 5000
26 ． From the passage we know someone ________ a cat
A ． found B ． bought
C ． phoned D ． lost
27 ． The name of the cat is ________ ．
A ． Persian B ． Fluff
C ． L avender D ． Jack
28 ． The cat may live in ________ ．
A ． America B ． China
C ． England D ． Singapore
29 ． If you find the cat you can call its owner at ________ ．
A ． 532 981
B ． 918 435
C ． 9184 3568
D ． 435 6891
30 ． This passage is most probably from a ________ ．
A ． map
B ． dicti onary
C ． guidebook
D ． newspaper
B
House for Rent( 出租 )
2 sunny bedrooms with one kitchen
500 one month
Call Mr White at 555 － 7843
Taxi Driver Wanted
Full or part time
Call Mark at 555 － 7296 between 9 am and 5 pm from Monday to Friday
Lost Dog
Small size
Black and white short hair
Call David at 555 － 6238
Found
A nice watch
Made in Switzerland
Is this your watch
Call George at 555 － 9767
31If you want to rent the house for half a year you need to pay________ ．
A ． 500
B ． 1 500
C ． 3 000
D ． 6 000
32 ． If you want to work as a taxi driver you can call ________
A ． 555 － 7843
B ． 555 － 7296
C ． 555 － 6238
D ． 555 － 9767
33 ． ________ lost a small black and white dog
A ． Mr White B ． Mark
C ． David D ． George
34 ． You can＇t call Mark on________
A ． Monday B ． Wednesday
C ． Friday D ． Sunday
35 ． Which of the following is TRUE according to the passage
A ． There is only one bedroom and a kitchen in the house
B ． We can know the salary ( 薪水 ) of the taxi driver
C ． The watch is made in Japan
D ． George found a watch
四务 型阅读 ( 题 2 分 10 分 )
LOST AND FOUND
Found
Is this your book Please call John at4953456
Lost
My pencil case
It＇s blue and white
Call Tom at 4568700
Found
A set of keysPlease
call Jenny at 4982456
Lost
A white watch
Call Lisa at 4129856
Found
Is this your black backpack
Please call Mary
Phone number ： 4765939
Lost
My school ID card
I＇m Harry
You can dial4872349
根面启事完成列句子
36 ． There are__________bulletin notices( 布告式通知 )in the LOST AND FOUND
37 ． Daming lost his keysHe should( 应该 )call__________at__________to find them
38 ． __________lost a pencil case
39 ． If you want to find your lost book you can call John at____________
40 ． Lisa lost her____________________
五情景交际 ( 题 2 分 10 分 )
A ________ 41
B I＇d like to be the PE moni tor
A ________ 42
B I＇m good at playing basketball and I＇m the player in the school team
A You＇re great
B ________ 43
A Me I want to be the cleaning monitor
B What can you do
A ________ 44
B Sounds great Good luck to you
A Thank you ________ 45
B OK
A ． Which sport are you good at
B ． Let＇s work together
C ． I can make our classroom tidy and beautiful
D ． Which monitor would you like to be
E ． What about you
六求完成句子 ( 题 1 分 10 分 )
A) 根句意汉语提示写出正确单词
46 ． Please give us two ________ ( 橡皮擦 ) ．
47 ． I often________( 丢失 ) my books So my mother is very angry
48 ． I have a new ________ ( 相机 )
49 ． I feel very ________ ( 奇怪 ) about the matter
50 ． Your bike is blue and________( ) is red
B) 根汉语完成句子
51 ．定心火危险
We must ________ ________ ________ f ire because it＇s very dangerous
52 ．边部相机许手套
________ ________ a camera and many ________ over there
53 ．想买 3 公斤苹果
I want to buy three ________ ________ ________ ．
54 ．火车前买票
Buy a ticket before you ________ ________ the train
55 ．公园里数百
There are ________ ________ ________ in the park
七书面表达 (20 分 )
假 Lucy 操场捡红色书包里面装串钥匙字典三黑色笔记请写招领启事电话号码： 8657 1123 QQ 37658013 词数： 60 左右
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________ ___________________________________
Module 1 关测试
1 C 点拨： help sbwith sth 意 帮助某做某事
2 ． A 点拨： That＇s why 结果符合题意 That＇s because 原 3 D 4 C
5 ． A 点拨：题词语辨析法解答 A 项意 匆忙 B 项意 现起 C 项意 刚 D 项意 立刻 根半句知前半句表达 果做事情匆忙话 选 A 项 6 A 7 D 8 B
9 ． B 点拨：题词语应法解答句意：正找钥匙没找第空指 寻找 动作第二空指 找 结果 He＇s He is 缩写现进行时选 B 10 C 11 C
12 ． B 点拨： onethe other …… ……
13 ． D 点拨：第空格处需形容词性物代词修饰名词 computer 第二空格没名词名词性物代词选 D 14 B
15 ． C 点拨： why not 动词原形里指东西留应 leave
二 16 D 点拨：语第 三称单数动词应第三称单数形式
17 ． A 点拨：空格处需副词修饰动词
18 ． A 点拨：空格处作语应格形式选项中 he 格形式
19 ． B 点拨： about 意 关 符合语境
20 ． C 点拨： pens 复数形式应 are
21 ． B 点拨：空格名词表示泛指：选 B
22 ． C 点拨： students 格词加 ’
23 ． C 点拨： it 形式语真正语动词定式 go to 意 ……
24 ． B 点拨：句意 找时候 知选 B
25 ． D 点拨：题干中 be 知空格处应形容词根常识找丢失东西时应该感高兴选 D
三 A26 D 点拨：推理判断题通标题寻物信息判断 丢失猫
27 ． B 点拨：细节理解题启事中 His name is Fluff and he＇s a Persian cat
28 ． D 点拨：细节理解题启事面址标 Singapore 532981
29 ． C 点拨：细节理解题根启事中电话号码知选 C
30 ． D 点拨：推理判断题 图 词典 旅行指南 合常理寻物启事般刊登报纸
B31—35 CBCDD
四 36 six6 37 Jenny 4982456 38 Tom
39 ． 4953456 40 white watch
五 41—45 DAECB
六 A ) 46 erasers 47 lose 48 camera
49 ． strange 50 mine
B ) 51 be careful with 52 There is gloves
53 ． kilos of apples 54 get on
55 ． hundreds of people
七范文： Found
I found a red schoolbag on the playground yesterday afternoon Thereisasetofkeys a dictionary and three black notebooks in it IsityoursPleasecallmeat8657 1123 and my QQ number is 37658013 Youcanchatwith Flying Ship online too That＇s me
Lucy
点评：作者运 三清法 捡书包写招领启事
写清捡物品： I found a red schoolbag
二写清物品特征： a red schoolbag There is a set of keys a dictionary and three black notebooks in it
三写清联系方式： call me at 8657 1123 my QQ number is 37658013
添彩点：作者正确学短语表达书包物品尤 There is a set of keys 句中系表数保持致避免系动词容易出现错误句式 Is it yours ？正确短文活泼趣高级句式 Please call me at 8657 － 1123 You can chat with 短文玲珑毓秀
Module 2 关测试
限时： 60 分钟 满分： 100 分
题号
二
三
四
五
六
七
总分
分
单项选择 ( 题 1 分 15 分 )
1 ． The boys often play ________basketball after school
A ． B ． a
C ． an D ． the
2 ． What about________to the cinema
A ． go B ． goes
C ． going D ． to go
3 ． My mother is worried________ my grandfather＇s health
A ． for B ． with
C ． about D ． of
4 ． John wants________the Reading Club
A ． join B ． joins
C ． joining D ． to join
5 ． —Who is that lady
—She＇s Miss Green She ________ us music and she is so good
A ． taught B ． teaches
C ． will teach D ． is teaching
6 ． Our teacher promises________ us to the museum
A ． taking B ． t o take
C ． take D ． takes
7 ． They are ready________take the math exam
A ． to B ． with
C ． of D ． for
8 ． The story makes us________interested
A ． feels B ． to feel
C ． feel D ． feeling
9 ． Michael Phelps is a________ swimmer and he swims very________ ．
A ． good good B ． well wel l
C ． good well D ． well good
10 ． Zhao Lin wants to be the PE monitor but he isn＇t very________ ．
A ． nice B ． quickly
C ． fit D ． health
11 ． —Could you go to see the new movie with me now
—Sorry I________ Look it＇s time for me to watch TheReader on CCTV
A ． can＇t B ． can
C ． needn＇t D ． must
12 ． The village lies________the two mountains
A ． with B ． through
C ． between D ． on
13 ． —What would you like ________ Jenny
—A Chinese teacher
A ． to B ． to be
C ． being D ． to being
14 ． ________and you＇ll get good grades
A ． Hard wor k B ． To hard work
C ． Work hard D ． To work hard
15 ． ________ Class is over
A ． That＇s all for today B ． It＇s time for class
C ． Please get ready D ． Say hello to you
二完形填空 ( 题 1 分 15 分 )
Hello my name is Xu Jie Do you know ________ 16 I＇m ________ 17 Taiwan I am 13 years old now My English name is Jeff So you can ________ 18 me Jeff
I ________ 19 Chinese and I can speak Chinese I can also ________ 20 English very ________ 21 I think English is very ________ 22 Now it is important ( 重 ) to learn English
Can you sing I like ________ 23 very much And my dream is ________ 24 a super singer Do you like Deng Ziqi I like ________ 25 songs very much I can sing her songs very ________ 26 And I also like Zhang Bichen I can ________ 27 many of her songs ________ 28 of th em are famous singers
Would you like ________ 29 my friends I can sing ________ 30 beautiful songs for you
16 ． Ahim B ． her C ． me D ． them
17 ． Afor B ． from C ． to D ． of
18 ． Acall B ． make C ． know D ． let
19 ． Aare B ． am C ． has D ． is
20 ． Atell B ． say C ． speaks D ． speak
21 ． Awell B ． good C ． bad D ． badly
22 ． Ahealthy B ． useful C ． well D ． boring
23 ． Asinging B ． dancing C ． swimming D ． fishing
24 ． Abe B ． have C ． to have D ． to be
25 ． Ashe B ． her＇s C ． herself D ． her
26 ． Agood B ． nice C ． well D ． badly
27 ． Asing B ． sings C ． to sing D ． singing
28 ． AAll B ． Both C ． Either D ． Neither
29 ． Ato be B ． be C ． being D ． are
30 ． Amany B ． much C ． any D ． little
三阅读理解 ( 题 2 分 20 分 )
A
It＇s Friday afternoon Two girls are going home from school One is Mary and the other is Jane An old woman comes up and asks Excuse m e can you help me ？ She has a big bag in her handOf course Granny What can I do for you ？ Mary and Jane ask The old woman says I＇m coming to see my daughter but I can＇t find her house Here is her address We can take you there say the two gi rls They help her find her daughter How happy they are
The two girls sayGoodbye to the Granny and her daughter
Could you tell me your names please ？ asks the granny
With a smile they run away
31 ． The two girls are going ________ ．
A ． to see a film B ． to see a friend
C ． to school D ． home
32 ． An old woman says to them ________ ？
A ． Can I help you
B ． Can you help me
C ． Let me help you
D ． Where are you going
33 ． The old woman has ________ in her hand
A ． a box B ． a big bag
C ． a basket D ． a small bag
34 ． They say ________ to the granny and her daughter
A ． Goodbye B ． Thanks
C ． Nothing D ． Anything
35 ． Do the two girls tell their names to the granny
A ． No they don＇t B ． Yes they do
C ． We don＇t know D ． Maybe
B
Do you want to be a musician( 音乐家 )
Do you want to be a musi cian Come to our club and you＇ll be very happy in it We have lessons about the piano the drums the flute( 笛 ) the trumpet the guitar and the violin for just 20 each You can also learn to sing or dance for 25 each If you like art you can be satisf ied( 满意 ) too—it＇s just for 30 each
根广告信息选择佳答案
36 ． There are ________ kinds of instruments( 乐器 )in the ad( 广告 ) ．
A ． five B ． six
C ． seven D ． eight
37 ． The piano lesson is ________ ．
A ． 25 B ． 35
C ． 30 D ． 20
38 ． We can＇t learn about the ________ in the club
A ． drums B ． flute
C ． chess D ． guitar
39 ． Tom wants to learn about the guitar and singing and he needs to pay( 付款 )________ ．
A ． 45 B ． 20
C ． 30 D ． 40
40 ． The underlined wordlessonsmeans( 意思 ) ________ ．
A ．教师 B ．课
C ．课程 D ．教育
四务型阅读 ( 题 2 分 10 分 )
(A) 欢迎俱乐部 Are you tired after school ？ Do you want to have fun ？ Our club is a good place for you It is very big It is in the middle of the city We have ten sports teachers and five art teachers Here you can learn to play chess and tennis You can also sing and danc e They are interesting(B) Weworkninehourseachdayonweekends We have a food store You can have lunch or dinner here Come and have a good time here
根短文容求完成列务
务：翻译句子
41 ．文中 (A) 处画线句子翻译成英语
_________________________________________________________ _______________
________________________________________________________________________
42 ．文中 (B) 处画线句子翻译成汉语
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
务二：判断列句子正 (T) 误 (F)
( )43The club is very big and has ten sports teachers
( )44A clothes store is in the club
务三：简回答问题
45 ． How many teachers are there in the club
________________________________________________________________________
___________ _____________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
五综合填空 ( 题 2 分 10 分 )
fast sport best tidy everybody
Peter is my good friend and we are in the same class Peter enjoys sports a lot and running is his favourite ________ 46 He runs ________ 47 and he is on our school team In some matches he can always get the ________ 48 score
Peter can speak Chinese well and he is very kind so ________ 49 in our class likes to m ake friends with him Peter is our cleaning monitor and he often helps us ________ 50 our classroom He is a good monitor and we all like him
六求完成句子 ( 题 1 分 10 分 )
A) 根句意汉语提示完成单词
51 ． Olivia likes to play ________( 网球 ) to relax herself after finishing her homework
52 ． Don＇t drive too ________( 快 ) There are many people on the street
53 ． My classmates are all friendlyI find it easy to get on ________( )with them( 孝感 )
54 ． I will work harder next________( 学期 )at school
55 ． She does well in football and always get s the best________( 成绩 ) ．
B) 根汉语完成句子
56 ．迈克擅长游泳
Mike is________ ________ ____________ ．
57 ．男孩会骑行车
The little boy can＇t________ ________ ________ ．
58 ．明天午放风筝吧
Let＇s________ ________ ________ tomorrow morning
59 ．学会起帮助
________ ________ classmates will help you together
60 ．确信想干净教室
I＇m sure everybody________ ________a clean classroom
七书面表达 (20 分 )
假李凯班班长许方面做非常力班长请音乐体育学际交等方面描述李凯
词数： 60 左右
______________________________________________________________ __________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
__________________________ ______________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________ _________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
___________________________ _____________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________ ________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
Module 2 关测试
1 A 2 C
3 ． C 点拨： be worried about …… 担心
4 ． D 5 B
6 ． B 点拨：题考查 promise 搭配 promise to do sth 固定搭配意 承诺做某事保证做某事 答案 B 7 A
8 ． C 点拨：题考查 make 搭配 make sb do sth 固定搭配意 某做某事 答案 C
9 ． C 点拨：题考查 good well 辨析 swimmer 名词前 good 修饰答案 C
10 ． C 11 A 12 C 13 B
14 ． C 点拨： wo rk hard 努力工作 祈句动词需动词原形
15 A
二 16 C 17 B 18 A 19 B
20 ． D 点拨：讲某种语言 speak can 动词原形
21 A 22 B 23 A
24 ． D 点拨：动词定式作表语
25 ． D 26 C 27 A
28 ． B 点拨：前面提邓紫棋张碧晨两名歌手 both
29 ． A 30 A
三 A31 D 32 B 33 B 34 A 35 A
B36 B 点拨：细节理解题 广告中提乐器 piano drums flute trumpet guitar violin 六种
37 ． D 点拨：细节理解题 广告中提 for just 20 each 知 D 项正确
38 ． C 点拨：细节理解题 通读广告全文文中唯独没提 chess
39 ． A 点拨：细节理解题 学吉应付费 20 元学唱歌应付费 25 元总 45 元
40 ． C 点拨：词义猜测题 联系文俱乐部开设钢琴提琴等 课程
四 41 Welcome to our club
42 ．周末天工作 9 时
43 ． T 44 F 45 Fifteen15
五 46 sport 47 fast 48 best 49 everybody 50 ． tidy
六 A ) 51 tennis 52 fast 53 well 54 term 55 score
B ) 56 good at swimming 57 ride a bike
58 ． fly a kite 59 All your 60 would like
七范文：
Li Kai is our class monitorHe can do many things well
He likes music a lot and he can play the piano wellHe is also goodat playing basketball and he is in the school teamHe workshard at school and he can speak English wellHe is a kind boy and he is always readyto help othersSo he can getonwellwith our classmates and teachers
This is our good class monitor Li KaiDo you like him
点评：作者运 联想力法 描述班长李凯音乐体育学际交方面力音乐方面： can play the piano well 体育方面： be good at playing basketball 学方面： work hard can speak English well 际交方面： can get on well w ith
添彩点：作者思路清晰紧紧抓住提示学语言完美完成名班长介绍恰模块学重短语： be good at work hard be ready to get on well with 文章流畅然做学致
Module 3 关测试
限时： 60 分钟 满分： 100 分
题号
二
三
四
五
六
七
总分
分
单项选择 ( 题 1 分 15 分 )
1 ． We all like watching the TV programme TheReader ________Saturday evening
A ． in B ． on
C ． at D ． to
2 ． They plan________a picnic at the weekend
A ． to have B ． have
C ． having D ． to having
3 ． He hopes________there tomorrow
A ． to go B ． go
C ． to go to D ． goes
4 ． There________an English party this Sunday
A ． is going to have B ． is going to be
C ． are going to have D ． are going to be
5 ． —Welcome to Los AngelesHave you ever been here
—Sure I visited this city three years ago so this is my ________ time here
A ． first B ． second
C ． third D ． fourth
6 ． Tom please ________ the textbook carefully I＇ll ask you some questions later
A ． go over B ． get on
C ． take away D ． look after
7 ． I didn＇t accept his help ________ I wanted to try it myself
A ． because B ． so
C ． until D ． unless
8 ． Grandp a ________ glasses when he reads
A ． wears B ． wore
C ． has worn D ． was wearing
9 ． It＇s 9 ： 30 pm children It is time ________ to bed
A ． go B ． to go
C ． going D ． goes
10 ． In some western countries shops are closed ________ weekends
A ． in B ． on
C ． with D ． to
11 ． —Hi guysHow was your party yesterday
—Wonderful We had a big meal and enjoyed ________ ．
A ． themselves B ． myself
C ． yourselves D ． ourselves
12 ． Can you make a plan ________ the new term
A ． under B ． for
C ． with D ． to
13 ． Don＇t stay ________ Please get up
A ． in bed B ． of the bed
C ． the bed D ． on bed
14 ． —Is there ________ else in the classroom
—It is empty________ is listening to a speech in the school hall
A ． anyone Anyone
B ． anyone Everyone
C ． everyone Anyone
D ． everyone Everyone
15 ． —I＇m going on a summer camp in Hangzh ou
—________
A ． You＇re welcome B ． Have fun
C ． What a pity D ． Good luck
二完形填空 ( 题 2 分 20 分 )
Tomorrow is SaturdayWe are going to have no ________ 16 This is my plan for tomorrowI am going to get up at six o＇clockAfter washing my face ________ 17 brushing my tee th I＇m going to have ________ 18
Then I am going to see my friend Bill________ 19 are going to the zoo togetherWe are going to see monkeys thereAfter that we are going to have a rest and then we＇re going to ________ 20 boatingWe＇re going to have lunch at about twelveThen we are going________ 21
In the ________ 22 I am going to stay ________ 23 home and do my homeworkAt about four o＇clock I＇m going to ________ 24 TVI am going to have dinner at about seven
After dinner I＇m going to read a novelI am going to go to ________ 25 at about nine o＇clock
16 ． Aclasses B ． meeting C ． sports D ． money
17 ． Aor B ． and C ． but D ． with
18 ． Abreakfast B ． lunch C ． dinner D ． afternoon tea
19 ． AThey B ． You C ． He D ． We
20 ． Ago B ． come C ． have D ． play
21 ． Aschool B ． park C ． home D ． zoo
22 ． Amorning B ． afternoon C ． evening D ． night
23 ． Aat B ． out C ． on D ． of
24 ． Alook B ． see C ． watch D ． read
25 ． Acity B ． class C ． bed D ． school
三阅读理解 ( 题 2 分 10 分 )
Li Lei Jack and Grace are good friendsThey are in the same classJack and Grace come from the US and they often help each other They study in Red Star Middle School of Beijing Tomorrow is Saturday They are talking about their plans for the weekend
Li Lei wants to walk to Cool Beach with his parents He is going to swim play volleyball and go camping He is going to stay there for two days
Jack wants to ride a bike to Great Zoo with his cousinHe is going to see pandas tigers lions and elephants and take photos He is going to stay there for about nine hours
Grace plans to take a bus to Blue Water Aquarium( 水族馆 )with her uncle She is going to see seals big sharks and a dolphin show and take some photos of the animals in the water She is going to stay there for the whole day
26 ． Jack is from________ ．
A ． the UK B ． the US
C ． China D ． Canada
27 ． Li Le i may swim with________ ．
A ． his parents B ． his cousin
C ． his friends D ． his uncle
28 ． Jack is going to Great Zoo________ ．
A ． on foot B ． by bus
C ． by car D ． by bike
29 ． Grace is going to ________ at the weekend
A ． Cool Beach B ． Great Zoo
C ． Blue Water Aquarium D ． the Great Wall
30 ． Which of the following is NOT true according to the passage
A ． Li Lei Jack and Grace study in the same school in Beijing
B ． Li Lei and Jack are both going to take photos
C ． Jack is going to Great Zoo with his cousin
D ． Li Lei is going to stay on Cool Beach for two days
四务型阅读 ( 题 2 分 10 分 )
Here are the new term＇s plans of our class
① WangLinisgoingtoworkharderinschoolthisterm ② He is also going to playsportswithhisfriends Lots of students are going to eat more vegetablesBut they don＇t like vegetablesOur teachers ask us to do that for lunch at schoolDiana says she is going to learn a new language—Japanese because she wants to make some Japanese penfriends ③ Lucyisgoingtotakesomepianolessons She really loves musicDaming is going to write articles and send them to magazines and newspapersHe is going to be a great writer when he grows up
根短文容完成列题
31 ． ① 句改般疑问句
________________________________________________________________________
32 ． ② 句画线部分提问
______________________________ __________________________________________
33 ． Why is Diana going to learn Japanese
________________________________________________________________________
34 ． ③ 句改否定句
________________________________________________________________________
35 ． What is Da ming going to be when he grows up
________________________________________________________________________
五补全话 ( 两项余 )( 题 2 分 10 分 )
A Hi Jenny ________ 36
B Sure My parents are going to take me to visit my grandparents in the countryside on Saturd ay
A Great ________ 37
B My father is going to drive us there
A I see ________ 38
B I＇m going to do the housework at home
A What a good girl
B ________ 39 What are your plans
A I＇m going to go over English on Saturday and play football on Sunday
B Good plans ________ 40
A OK See you then
B See you
A ． Thank you
B ． How are you going there
C ． What is she going to do
D ． What about your Sunday
E I would like to join you on Sunday after I finish my housework
F Do you have any plans for the weekend
G It＇s going to be a fantastic weekend
六求完成句子 ( 题 1 分 10 分 )
A) 根句意首字母汉语提示完成单词
41 There are three months in spring including March April and ________( 五月 ) ．
42 I＇m goin g on a summer ________ ( 夏令营 ) in Beijing
43 What ________ ( ) can you see in the picture
44 Mother usually gets up ________ ( 早 ) every morning
45 ． During the summer h ________ I will take part in a two week work experience activity
B) 根汉语意思完成句子
46 ．常花半时达学校
I often________half an hour________to school
47 ．贝蒂计划明天午妈妈起购物
Betty is going to________ ________with her mother tomorrow afternoon
48 ．格林家算中国观光游览
The Greens are going to________ ________in China
49 ．玛丽常帮助班学喜欢交朋友
Mary often helps ________ so her classmates like to ________ ________with her
50 ．正期着参观天坛
I＇m ________ ________ ________ ________ the Temple of Heaven
七书面表达 (25 分 )
学次考试盼已久假期请根提示写出度假计划结合实际发挥
写作容：
1 ．家长 学起旅游享受然美景放松心情
2 ．参加志愿活动 帮父母做家务
3 ．读喜欢书
4 ．远离危险方
写作求：
1 ． 70 词左右开头部分已出计入总词数
2 ．容合理点齐全句子篇章结构正确连贯书写规范
3 ．出现校名姓名等信息
My Summer Holiday Plan
The summer holiday is on the way Here are my plans for the long exciting holiday
____________________________________ ____________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________ ___________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
_ _______________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________ __________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
__ ______________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
Module 3 关测试
1 B 2 A 3 A
4 ． B 点拨：题考查 There be 句型般时 There be 句型时 There is are going to be There is are going to have
5 ． B 点拨：暗示法暗示语 三年前参观座城市 知第二次
6 ． A 点拨： go over 复 get on ( 公汽车等 ) take away 带走 look after 顾 句意知选 A
7 ． A 点拨：句表示前句原 because 引导原状语句
8 ． A 9 B 10 B 11 D
12 ． B 点拨： make a plan for …… 制订计划
13 A
14 ． B 点拨： anyone 常疑问句否定句中 答语 空 知第二空格应 Everyone
15 B
二 16 A 17 B
18 ． A 点拨：前面提起床洗脸刷牙接应吃早饭
19 ． D
20 ． A 21 C 22 B 23 A 24 C 25 C
三 26 B 点拨：细节理解题题阅读材料中寻找答案法解答短文第段第三句知答案
27 ． A 点拨：细节理解题题阅读材料中寻找答案法解答第二段中前两句 Li Lei wants to walk to Cool Beach with his parents He is going to swim 知李雷算父母起海滩算游泳
28 ． D 点拨：细节理解题题阅读材料中寻找答案法解答第三段中第句 Jack wants to ride a bike to Great Zoo with his cousin 知 Jack 算骑行车 Great Z oo
29 ． C 点拨：细节理解题题阅读材料中寻找答案法解答第四段中第句 Grace plans to take a bus to Blue Water Aquarium ( 水族馆 ) with her uncle 知 Grace 算周末水族馆
30 ． B 点拨：推理判断题题阅读材料中寻找答案法解答第三段中 He is going to and take photos 第四段中 She is going to and take some photos 知 Jack Grace 算拍 李雷 Jack B 项错误
四 31 Is Wang Lin going to work harder in school this term
32 ． What is he also going to do
33 ． Because she wants to make some Japanese penfriends
34 ． Lucy isn＇t going to take any piano lessons
35 ． A great writer
五 36—40 FBDAE
六 A ) 41 May 42 camp 43 else 44 early 45 holiday
B ) 46 spend getting 47 go shopping
48 ． go sightseeing 49 others make friends
50 ． looking forward to visiting
七范文：
My Summer Holiday Plan
The summer holiday is on the way Here are my plans for the long exciting holiday
First I＇ll travel with my parents and enjoythe__beautyofnature and relax myself Second I＇ll do some volunteering jobs I＇ll help my parents do some housework too I think they＇ll be happy Third I like reading very much and it＇s also a g ood way to relax so I＇mgoingto read more books And I＇ll stayawayfrom danger
What a great vacation I＇m lookingforwardto it
点评：文运 总分总法 写计划总：第段点明关暑假计划分：第二段写计划具体容总：段抒发暑假渴情
添彩点：连接词 First Second Third And 运文章层次感强 条理畅般时 I＇m going to I＇ll 正确计划事画卷样呈现读者面前 enjoy the beauty of nature stay away from look forward to 等短语贴切准确 体现较语言运力
Module 4 关测试
限时： 60 分钟 满分： 100 分
题号
二
三
四
五
六
七
总分
分
单项选择 ( 题 1 分 15 分 )
1 ． I usually ride ________ bike to schoolBut this morning I went to school by ________ bus
A ． a the B ． the a
C ．填 a D ． a 填
2 ． I want to ask him________me with my English
A ． help B ． to help
C ． helping D ． helps
3 ． Let＇s send some flowers ________ our teachers
A ． in B ． on
C ． to D ． for
4 ． She wants to be a singer She thinks it＇s one of the most interesting________ ．
A ． job B ． work
C ． jobs D ． works
5 ． You need ________ early tomorrow
A ． comes B ． to come
C ． coming D ． to coming
6 ． It is necessary ________ us to help our friends out when they meet difficulties
A ． to B ． of
C ． with D ． for
7 ． —I can＇t find my watch
—________ it is in your pocket
A ． Maybe B ． May be
C ． May D ． Be
8 ． In some parts of London missing a bus means ________ for another hour
A ． waiting B ． to wait
C ． wait D ． to be waiting
9 ． The pen is not cheap for the children it＇s too ________ ．
A ． difficult B ． heavy
C ． uncomfortable D ． expensive
10 ． Look on the bright side of life and imagine that you ________ a happy and successful future
A ． had B ． will have
C ． have D ． have had
11 ． —Have you returned the book to the library yet
—Not yetDon＇t worryI ________ it soon
A ． return B ． returned
C ． have returned D ． will return
12 ． Hurry up The movie will begin ________ 10 minutes
A ． over B ． in
C ． for D ． at
13 ． Finish your homework first and then you＇ll ________ watch TV for an hour
A ． can B ． be able to
C ． able to D ． could
14 ． Not only the students but also their teacher ________enjoying the film
A ． be B ． am
C ． is D ． are
15 ． There will be ________ rain and ________ winds tomorrow
A ． strong heavy B ． heavy big
C ． heavy strong D ． big larg e
二完形填空 ( 题 1 分 15 分 )
I would like ________ 16 you something about my dream classroom________ 17 the future my classroom will be very ________ 18 so we can do lots of activities in the classroomIn summer it will be ________ 19 and in winter it will be warm in the classroom so it will be ________ 20 to study in itThere ________ 21 a beautiful garden in front of itWe can see ________ 22 trees and flowers in itThere will be a cable TV in our classroom and we can ________ 23 TV at noonEveryone will have a _____ ___ 24 on the desk so we can download information ________ 25 the InternetThe lessons will be ________ 26 We ________ 27 use pens or pencilsWe will use computers ________ 28 our homeworkThe teachers won＇t use ________ 29 to write on the blackboardThey will ________ 30 the lessons with the help of the computer
16 ． Atell B ． telling C ． tells D ． to tell
17 ． AIn B ． On C ． For D ． Of
18 ． Abig B ． little C ． small D ． short
19 ． Acold B ． warm C ． hot D ． cool
20 ． Adull B ． comfortable C ． boring D ． unc omfortable
21 ． Awill be B ． will have C ． is going to have D ． has
22 ． Alittle B ． a little C ． much D ． many
23 ． Asee B ． watch C ． look D ． look at
24 ． Aradio B ． TV C ． calculator D ． computer
25 ． Ain B ． near C ． at D ． from
26 ． Ainterest B ． worrying C ． interesting D ． interested
27 ． Awill B ． can C ． won＇t D ． didn＇t
28 ． Ado B ． to do C ． doing D ． does
29 ． Apens B ． chalk C ． pencils D ． paper
30 ． Ateach B ． study C ． work D ． learn
三阅读理解 ( 题 2 分 10 分 )
In the year 2050 there will be different kinds of materials ( 材料 ) for clothes Special materials will k eep the clothes clean forever They will never get dirty and we won＇t wear them out We will have less work because we won＇t have to wash them So we can save water and money And children won＇t worry about what to wear to school every day They won＇t go t o school They＇ll stay at home in front of their computers to study They can wear their favorite Saturday clothes every day It will be fun Do you think so What do you think school clothes and school life will be like in 2050
31 ． Maybe we ________ was h clothes in the year 2050
A ． didn＇t B ． needn＇t
C ． mustn＇t D ． won＇t be allowed to
32 ． Why won＇t the children go to school
A ． Because they＇ll play at home
B ． Because they hate to go to school
C ． Because they＇ll study on the Internet
D ． Because they＇ll wash clo thes to make money
33 ． Will the clothes get dirty in the year 2050
A ． No it won＇t B ． Yes they will
C ． Yes it will D ． No they won＇t
34 ． In the year 2050 the clothes will not ________ forever
A ． get dirty B ． wear well
C ． be clean D ． be fantastic
35 ． According to the passage which of the following is NOT true
A ． There will be different kinds of materials for clothes
B ． The children can wear their favorite clothes
C ． The children will always worry about what to wear
D ． The children can study at home in front of their computers
四务型阅读 ( 题 2 分 10 分 )
Eric likes to think about the futureHe thinks a kind of small cars may appear in the streets in the future ① Peoplewilllikethiskindofsmallcarsbetterthanthebigones The car is as small as a bike ② ________it can carry two people in itEverybody can drive it easily just like riding a bike ③ 甚孩子老驾驶着学校公园
If everyone drives such cars in the future there will be less pollution in the airThere will be more space for all the cars in cities and there will be more space for people to walk in the streetsThe little cars of the future will cost less money to buy and to drive ④ Thesecarscangoonly65kilometersanhour sodrivingwillbesafer The cars of the future will be fine for going around the city but ⑤ ________ _____________________________________________________
This kind of cars can save a lot of gasThey will use less gas than the cars today
根短文容完成列题
36 ．句 ① 翻译成汉语
________________________________________________________________________
37 ．请 ② 处填入恰连接词
________________________________________________________________________
38 ．句 ③ 翻译成英语
________________________________________________________________________
39 ．请 Driving will be safer ________ these cars can go only 65 kilometers an hour 空白处填入恰 词句 ④ 意思相
________________________________________________________________________
40 ．结合文意面两句子中选取填入文中 ⑤ 处
A ． they will be useful for long trips
B ． they will not be useful for long trips
五方框中单词短语完成面短文 ( 题 2 分 10 分 )
working traffic jams robot go into come true
What will your future life be like Everyone will have many different answers
For me I hope I will have a ________ 41 at home and it can help me do homework I will have a lot of time to do my favourite things Our cars will be very cheap but there won＇t be ________ 42 in the street One day we will ________ 43 space to travel And people will live in the sea and stay wi th all kinds of fishes Of course our ________ 44 hours won＇t be very long
This is my dream of the future life I hope it will ________ 45 one day
六求完成句子 ( 题 1 分 10 分 )
A) 根句意汉语提示完成单词
46 ． Could you please help me ________ ( ) this heavy box
47 ． The sea ________ ( 水 ) will rise soon
48 ． Close the window and keep out the ________( 风 ) ．
49 ． The price of the vegetables will ________ ( 升 ) very slowly
50 ． Can you ________ ( 改变 ) for your family John
B) 根汉语提示完成句子
51 ．冬天玩雪
In winter we can ________ _______ _ snow
52 ．王晓爷爷奶奶明天会里
Tomorrow Wang Xiao will come here ________ ________ with his grandparents
53 ．停孩子
Stop You ________ a child ________ ________
54 ．空闲时间喜欢读书听音乐
I like to read books and listen to music ________ ________ ________ ________ ．
55 ．花园里种样花
There are ________ ________ ________ flowers in that big garden
七书面表达 (30 分 )
周五班举行题 梦想 班会班会学踊跃发言：想成老师想成警察想医生 …… 请根面表格提示 Our Dreams 题写篇英语短文报告次班会情况谈谈梦想
Name
Dream
How to make dreams co me true
Liu Wei
A teacher
Study education
Li Ming
A policeman
Do sports every day
Su Juan
A movie star
Take acting
lessons
I
注意：
1 ．文章中出现真实姓名校名容适发挥
2 ．词数： 80 词左右文章开头已出计入总词数
Our Dreams
Last Friday our class held a class meeting about our dreams Here is my report
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________ _______
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________ ___________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ ______
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
______________________________ __________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
Module 4 关测试
1 D 2 B 3 C 4 C
5 ． B 点拨：题语法分析法 need 处实义动词动词定式
6 ． D 7 A 8 A 9 D 10 B
11 ． D 点拨：时间状语 soon 知句时态应般时
12 B
13 ． B 点拨： will 应该动词原形选 B
14 ． C 点拨：题考查谓致 not onlybut also …… …… 遵循原谓语动词面语致选 C
15 ． C 点拨： heavy 常形容雨雪 strong 形容风
二 16 D 点拨： would like 动词定式
17 ． A 18 A
19 ． D 点拨：根空白处面容 冬天教室暖 推知 夏天教室凉爽
20 ． B 21 A 22 D 23 B 24 D 25 D 26 C
27 ． C 点拨：根前文容知处般时排 B D 两项 根句知 电脑做作业钢笔铅笔
28 ． B 点拨： useto do sth ： …… 干某事
29 B 30 A
三 31 B 点拨：纳概括题题阅读材料中寻找答案法解答根短文第三句第四句话 They will never get dirty and we won＇t wear them out We will have less work because we won＇t have to w ash them 知 2050 年 必洗衣服
32 ． C 点拨：细节理解题题阅读材料中寻找答案法解答根短文 They＇ll stay at home in front of their computers to study 知
33 ． D 点拨：细节理解题题阅读材料中寻找答案法解答根 They will never get dirty 知
34 ． A 点拨：细节理解题题阅读材料中寻找答案法解答根 They will never get dirty 知
35 ． C 点拨：推理判断题题阅读材料中寻找答案法解答根 And children won＇t worry about what to wear to school every day 知孩子担心穿什学表达正确 C 项
四 36 起型汽车更喜欢种汽车 37 but
38 ． Even children and old people can drive them to school or parks
39 ． because 40 B
五 41 robot 42 traffic jams 43 go into
44 ． working 45 come true
六 A ) 46 carry 47 level 48 wind 49 rise 50 change
B ) 51 play with 52 as well 53 aren＇t any more
54 ． in my free time 55 all kinds of
七范文：
Our Dreams
Last Friday our class held a class meeting about our dreams Here is my report
Liu Wei isgoingto be a teacher when she growsup She likes kids She is going to study education Li Ming is going to be a policeman He wants to help people He is going to dosports every day Su Juan is going to be a movie star She likes acting She is going to takeactinglessons I want to be a scientist I＇minterestedin science and I＇m going to study it I＇m sure our dreams will cometrueoneday
点评：文运 WWH 法 写梦想 What Liu Wei—a teacher Li Ming—a policeman Su Juan—a movie star I—a scientist Why Liu Wei likes kids Li Ming wants to help people Su Juan likes acting I＇m interested in science How ： ( 第 5 8 11 句第 13 句半句 ) 行文流畅 字里行间流露出作者未美憧憬盼
添彩点：文熟练运模块高频出现短语 be going to grow up do sports take acting les sons be interested in come true one day 等 语言丰富准确恰
Module 5 关测试
限时： 60 分钟 满分： 100 分
题号
二
三
四
五
六
七
总分
分
单项选择 ( 题 1 分 15 分 )
1 ． —________the price of your iPhone 6s
—3 500 yuan
A ． What＇s B ． How much
C ． What D ． How
2 ． —How much money does Lingling________her dress
—100 yuan
A ． pay on B ． spend in
C ． pay for D ． spend at
3 ． Yao Ming is tallThat＇s one of his________ ．
A ． advantage B ． advantages
C ． disadvantage D ． disadvantages
4 ． —________ have you stayed in this city
—For more than 10 years
A ． How far B ． How soon
C ． How long D ． How old
5 ． I don＇t know where Mr Brown isYou can ask ________ ．
A ． someone else B ． else someone
C ． other somebody D ． else anybody
6 ． —What can I do for you
—I＇m looking at that dressIt looks niceMay I________ ？
A ． hold it on B ． tr y it on
C ． take it off D ． get it off
7 ． —How much meat do you want
—________ ．
A ． Sorry there isn＇t any
B ． I can＇t give you any
C ． Half a kilo please
D ． Twelve yuan a kilo
8 ． —Would you like to try some pizza
—Yes please It________lovely and________nice
A ． sounds sees
B ． hears turns
C ． looks smells
D ． sounds watches
9 ． —Excuse me where＇s the meeting room
—________ I will show you there
A ． This way please
B ． That＇s right
C ． I can manage
D ． In your dreams
10 ． The physics problem is too hard so ________students can work it out
A ． little B ． few
C ． a little D ． a few
11 ． ________your answers________those at the back of the book
A ． Compares with B ． Compare with
C ． Compares in D ． Compare in
12 ． The shop ________ from 8 ： 00 am to 5 ： 00 pm every day but i t ________ at 9 ： 00 pm at weekends
A ． open close
B ． open is closed
C ． is open closing
D ． is open closes
13 ． As we know the Yangtze River is one of________rivers in the world
A ． long B ． longer
C ． longest D ． the longest
14 ． —The meat is ____ ____ delicious
—Yes but don＇t eat ________
A ． too much too much
B ． much too too much
C ． too much much too
D ． much too much too
15 ． —What can I do for you
—________
A ． I＇m just kidding B ． I＇ll take it
C ． I＇m just looking D ． Take it easy
二完形填空 ( 题 2 分 20 分 )
On Sunday morning I usually get up late I wash my face and then go out to do morning exercises It is about 8 ： 20 a ． m After I eat my breakfast I often go to a shopping centre ________ 16 my mother The shopping centre is near my home so we walk there It ________ 17 us about 20 minutes to get there on foot The shopping centre has a good name It is ________ 18 新世纪购物中心 in Chinese It doesn＇t have an English name Can you help to put it into English It is new ________ 19 big ________ 20 many things such as TVs fridges bikes computers clothes books food and drinks There are many ________ 21 They are men and women old and young Parents must ________ 22 their children The shopping centre is so big Young children may get lost in it ________ 23 do many people come here to buy things do you know Let me tell you The things there are usually good and ________ 24 The workers there are nice and friendly If you come to my home I can take ________ 25 there to have a look
16 ． Afor B ． to C ． with D ． after
17 ． Amakes B ． takes C ． plays D ． spends
18 ． Acall B ． called C ． calls D ． calling
19 ． Abut B ． with C ． and D ． or
20 ． AThere is B ． There are C ． They are D ． There have
21 ． Astudents B ． children C ． people D ． friends
22 ． Alook after B ． look for C ． look at D ． look around
23 ． AWhy B ． How C ． What D ． Who
24 ． Adear B ． cheap C ． big D ． expensive
25 ． Ayou B ． them C ． him D ． her
三阅读理解 ( 题 2 分 10 分 )
Peter likes shopping on the Internet and http ： club 360 buy com is his favourite website He often buys things on it such as clothes and shoes He spends about 100 yuan buying things each month He often waits about three days before he receives his product
Peter＇s parents never buy clothes online because they can＇t try them on Peter＇s father thinks it＇s dangerous to pay over the Internet Peter＇s mother often goes to the mall ( 购物中心 ) with Peter＇s father It can make them relaxed after the tiring work There is always a sale on in the shops near their home so Peter＇s parents often go there
26 ． How much does Peter spend on the I nternet for six months
A ． About 300 yuan
B ． About 600 yuan
C ． About 900 yuan
D ． About 1 200 yuan
27 ． How long does Peter wait before he receives a product from the Internet
A ． About two days
B ． About three days
C ． About a week
D ． Over a week
28 ． The underlined word relaxed means________in Chinese
A ．兴奋 B ．激动
C ．沮丧 D ．轻松
29 ． Why don＇t Peter＇s parents buy clothes online
A ． Because things on the Internet are expensive
B ． Because online shopping is bad for their eyes
C ． Because they can＇t use a computer
D ． Because they can＇t try them on
30 ． Which of the following is NOT true
A ． Peter enjoys online shopping
B ． Peter buys shoes on the Internet
C ． Peter＇s mother thinks online shopping is dangerous
D ． Peter＇s father often goes to shops with his wife near their home
四务型阅读 ( 题 2 分 10 分 )
Today more and more students like going shopping on the Internet Do you have any ideas about it Here are four girls＇ ideas
Sandy twelve
I like new skirts and jeans At the weekend I usually go to the shops on the Internet When I see my favourite things I can pay for them with my credit card( 信卡 ) ．
Kitty thirteen
IthinkitisveryeasyandcheaptobuythingsontheInternet I only need to stay at home and choose the things I like I can get them quickly without going out I t doesn＇t take too much time
Wendy eleven
I＇m not good at computers I never go shopping on the Internet I don＇t think it is interesting When I want something I ask my parents to buy it for me in the shopping mall
Shirley twelve
Shopping on the Inte rnet is not good I can only see some pictures about the things I don＇t believe the notes near the pictures
31 ． Why does Kitty like going shopping on the Internet
________________________________________________________________________
32 ． Does Wendy go s hopping on the Internet
________________________________________________________________________
33 ． How can Sandy pay for her things on the Internet
________________________________________________________________________
34 ． Who isn＇t good at computers
________________________________________________________________________
35 ．画线部分译成汉语
________________________________________________________________________
五补全话 ( 题 2 分 10 分 )
A ： Welcome to I COOL YOU COOL madam How can I help you
B ： ________ 36
A This way please These are the latest fashion ________37
B It looks cool But I don＇t like bright green
A ： We＇ve got many other colors ： pink grey dark red and yellow ________38
B ： Pink Could you show me the light pink one
A ________39 And it＇s very thick
B I like it ________ 40
A It was 100 dollars but now it is only 50 dollars
B ： That＇s a great price I＇ll take it
A ． What＇s your favorite color
B ． How much is the bright green one
C ． Certainly It＇s very beautiful isn＇t it
D ． How much does it cost
E ． I want to buy a coat
F ． Yes I think it＇s my size
G ． What do you think of this one
六求完成句子 ( 题 1 分 10 分 )
A ) 方框中选出合适单词适形式填空
s omewhere market size receive late
41 ． There are two big____________near my homeI often shop there
42 ． Miss Liu often____________some nice cards from her students on Teachers＇ Day
43 ． He will come back home five days________ ．
44 ． I can＇t find my history book________ ．
45 ． —What________do you take
—Large
B ) 根汉语提示完成句子
46 ．稍等汤姆正做作业
________ ________ ____ ____ TomI＇m doing my homework
47 ．条连衣裙贵买
This dress isn＇t expensiveI＇ll________ ________
48 ．算妈妈买什？
What are you going to________ ________your mother
49 ．时间购物？
Can they go shopping ________ ________ ________ ？
50 ．常收哥哥信
I oft en ________ many letters ________ my brother
七书面表达 (25 分 )
现网购物越越流行请写篇关网购物文章注意写出网购物处坏处根模块学容进行描述词数少 80
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________ ___________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
_ _______________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________ __________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
__ ______________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________ _________________________________
Module 5 关测试
1 A 点拨： What＇s the price of ？意： …… 少钱？
2 ． C 点拨：题考查固定短语 pay for 意 …… 付款
3 ． B 点拨：题语法分析法第句句意：姚明高推知句意：优点 one of 名词复数选 B
4 ． C
5 ． A 点拨：题考查形容词修饰定代词法 else 修饰定代词时置
6 ． B
7 ． C 点拨：题考查情景交际问句句意 想少肉？ C 项 请半公斤 符合题意
8 C 9 A
10 ． B 点拨： students 数名词复数形式 few a few 修饰数名词根句意表否定选 B
11 ． B 点拨：题语法分析法 comparewith 意 …… …… 相较 祈句动词原形开头
12 ． D 点拨： open 作形容词时意： 营业 半句中 close 作动词意 关门 选 D
13 ． D 14 B
15 ． C 点拨：题正确握语境法解答 I＇m just kidding 开玩笑 I＇ll take it 买 I＇m just looking take it easy 着急 根句意 效劳？ 知售货员常说话 C 符合
二 16—20 CBBCB 21—25 CAABA
三 26 B 27 B 28 D 29 D 30 C
四 31 Because she thinks it is easy and cheap
32 ． No she doesn＇t
33 ． She can p ay for things with her credit card
34 ． Wendy
35 ．认网买东西容易便宜
五 36—40 EGACD
六 A ) 41 markets 42 receives 43 later
44 ． anywhere 45 size
B ) 46 Wait a minute 47 take it 48 buy for
49 ． at any time 50 receive from
七范文：
Withthehelpof the Internet shopping is not difficult anymore Just click your mouse to choose the product you like and the shopping isover You needn＇t walkoutof the room
But if you are not careful it will bring you some trouble You may find that the colour of the product isdifferentfromwh atyouwant or the size is too small or too large
I think online shopping is good and it is changing our way of life
点评：文运 ADO 法 描写网购物 Advantages ：第段 Disadvantages ：第二段 Opinion ：第三段文章结构清晰明逻辑性强
添彩点：描述网络购物优点时量短语 with the help of notany more be over walk out of 等文章增色少网络购物缺点进行描述时连词 if 短语 be different from 尤名词性句 what you want 彰显作者语力
Module 6 关测试
限时： 60 分钟 满分： 100 分
题号
二
三
四
五
六
七
总分
分
单项选择 ( 题 1 分 15 分 )
1 ． Zhang Yimou is famous________his films
A ． as B ． with
C ． for D ． at
2 ． Can you see the building ________ the bank
A ． between B ． next
C ． among D ． opposite
3 ． Just go straight and turn________ ． The hotel is________ ．
A ． left left B ． left on the left
C ． on the left left D ． left the left
4 ． From the London Eye you can see________London
A ． most of B ． many of
C ． much D ． many
5 ． —________ where is the nearest shop
—It＇s over there
A ． Excuse me B ． Sorry
C ． OK D ． Sure
6 ． Just walk down this road and you＇ll see the museum________your right
A ． on B ． in
C ． at D ． by
7 ． There ar e many trees________our house
A ． in front of
B ． on front of
C ． in the front of
D ． on the front of
8 ． It will________you one and a half hours to walk there
A ． pay B ． spend
C ． cost D ． take
9 ． She takes some medicine________three meals every day
A ． above B ． across
C ． between D ． along
10 ． —Look at those teachers over there Which is your new art teacher
—The man ______ __ curly hair He is very funny
A ． with B ． in
C ． on D ． for
11 ． —Would you please tell me the way to the Pacific Hotel
—Go ________ the post office and you＇ll find it on the left
A ． pass B ． past
C ． passing D ． passed
12 ． —Excuse me ________ can I get to the nearest bookshop
—Go along this road and you will find it on your right
A ． why B ． where
C ． when D ． how
13 ． —Could you ________ ？
—Sure
A ． show the new book me
B ． show the new book to me
C ． show it me
D ． show me to the new book
14 ． —Bob it＇s getting cold outside________take a jacket
—All right Mum
A ． Why do you B ． Why not
C ． Why did you D ． Why don＇t
15 ． —Oh my god I＇ve left my keys in the room I＇ll have to get in________the window
—It＇s dangerous You＇d better wait for your mom to come back
A ． past
B ． over
C ． across
D ． through
二完形填空 ( 题 1 分 15 分 )
Welcome________ 16 the zoo everyone Here________ 17 our tour plan ________ 18 carefully First we ________ 19 the Children＇s Zoo After that we walk________ 20 the Bird World Next is the African Area________ 21 are elephants and lions Don＇t________ 22 afraid the cages are________ 23 ．
Then we have________ 24 lunch Everybody brings________ 25 lunch right Som e of you don＇t have drinks There________ 26 many places________ 27 drinks
After lunch we go to the Asian Area Last there is the Butterfly Park It＇s________ 28 the Snake Park Then we come back here and ________ 29 the bus Remember—don＇t feed the animals O K let＇s ________ 30
16 ． Ato B ． in C ． from D ． at
17 ． Abe B ． am C ． is D ． are
18 ． AListen B ． Listen to C ． Hear D ． Hear of
19 ． Asee B ． look C ． visit D ． watch
20 ． Ain front B ． across C ． over D ． between
21 ． AThey B ． It C ． There D ． Where
22 ． Aam B ． is C ． are D ． be
23 ． Adanger B ． safe C ． dangerous D ． safety
24 ． Aa B ． an C ． the D ．
25 ． Atheir B ． they C ． them D ． its
26 ． Aam B ． is C ． are D ． be
27 ． Abuy B ． buys C ． to buy D ． buying
28 ． Ato B ． opposite C ． on D ． for
29 ． Aget in B ． get out C ． get on D ． get off
30 ． Ahave fun
B ． to have a nice day
C ． having good time
D ． having fun
三阅读理解 ( 题 2 分 10 分 )
Mrs Brown goes to see her son in London Her son works in a music club thereMrs Brown doesn＇t know London well so she can＇t find her way She sees a man at a busstop ． She wants to ask the man the way Excuse me Ca n you help me please Which bus goes to Miller＇s Shop Mrs Brown asks
The man is very friendly He smiles but he can＇t speak English He can only speak FrenchHe is new in LondonSo he has to point to a policeman
31 ． Mrs Brown goes to________in Lon don
A ． work in a club B ． find the way
C ． see her son D ． look for a job
32 ． Mrs Brown＇s son works in a________ ．
A ． big school B ． shop
C ． music club D ． bus stop
33 ． What does the underlined phrase bus stopmean in Chinese
A ．车库 B ．加油站
C ．交通灯 D ．公汽车站
34 ． Mrs Brown can＇t find her way because________ ．
A ． she is old
B ． she can＇t speak English
C ． she doesn＇t know London well
D ． she can＇t see anything
35 ． Which of the following is TRUE
A ． The man at the bus stop is an Englishman
B ． The man can＇t help Mrs Brown
C ． Mrs Brown can＇t speak English
D ． Mrs Brown can speak French
四务型阅读 ( 题 2 分 10 分 )
Beijing is the capital of China Not only Chinese people but also lots of foreigners come to visit it every day because there are so many places of interest in Beijing
Here＇s a map of Beijing And here is Tian＇anmen Square (A) TheGreatHallofthePeopleisonitsleft andonitsrightistheNationalMuseumofChina If you want to visit the Forbidden City just go straight ahead It＇s opposite Tian＇anmen Square Have you ever been to the Chairman Mao Memorial Hall It＇s between the Great Hall of the People and the museum
Do you like parks Maybe Beihai Park will be your favourite It＇s (B)________ quiet Let me tell you how to get there Go across the square (C)________ ( 左拐 ) into Cha ng＇an Jie and then (D)________ ( 右拐 ) into Chang Jie There＇s an entrance (E)________ ( …… 拐角处 ) Chang Jie and Wenjin Jie
Most people like shopping especially women In Beijing (F) 购物佳方王府井街． Go across the square take the first turning on the right go along Dong Chang＇an Jie and then turn left You can get to Wangfujing Dajie I＇m sure you will enjoy yourself there
36 ． (A) 处画线句子翻译成汉语
________________________________________________________________________
37 ．选择正确答案填入 (B) 处
A ． kinds of B ． many of C ． kind of
38 ． (C) (D) (E) 处短语翻译成英语
(C)________ (D)________ (E)________
39 ． (F) 处翻译成英语
the best place ________ ________ some ________ is Wangfujing Dajie
40 ．根文章完成话
—________ ________ I ________ ________the Forbidden City
—Go straight and it＇s opposite Tian＇anmen Square
五图填词 ( 题 1 分 10 分 )
Hi everyone I＇m very glad to show you around our town
Now we are standing at Zhenxing ________ 41 It＇s in the middle of our town And it＇s the best place to do some exercise and have a rest for many peopl e There is a bank ________ 42 it It is a white building ________ 43 there And it＇s on Qingnian Road There is a ________ 44 near the bank Lots of people come here to get some things Go ________ 45 Qingnian Road and you will find a beautiful park—Sun Park at the ________ 46 of the road Then ________ 47 left into Yonghe Road and our school is on the ________ 48 It＇s ________ 49 a bookshop and a post office It＇s not far from Sun Park There is a big swimming ________ 50 in the park so we sometimes walk alon g Yonghe Road to go there to swim It＇s great fun
六求完成句子 ( 题 1 分 10 分 )
A) 词适形式填空
51 ． Thousands of________(tour)come to visit Shanghai every day
52 ． Is there a____________(swim)pool near here
53 ． What a ________(clearly)day Let＇s go cycling together
54 ． I can finish ________(write) three novels during the winter vacation
55 ． Go ________ (cross)the road and then turn right
B) 求完成列题
56 ． Can you tell me the way to the bus station ( 改义句 )
Can you tell me ________ ________ ________ ________ the bus stat ion
57 ． The park is ontheleftofthemuseum ( 画线部分提问 )
________ ________ the park
58 ． The museum is famous in the city There are many old things in it ( 合句 )
The museum ________ ________ ________ ________ is famous in the city
59 ． Taking the boat is the best way to visit London ( 改义句 )
The best way to visit London is ________ ________
60 ． Lucy sits behind Tom( 改义句 )
Tom sits________ ________ ________Lucy
七书面表达 (30 分 )
图中 ● 处位置想医院生病朋友请英语表达出走两条路线 提示词： crossing 十 字路口 turning 拐弯处
() ________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
(二) ______________________ __________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________ _____________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
Module 6 关测试
1 C 点拨： be famous for …… 出名 be famous as 作 …… 出名
2 ． D 3 B
4 ． A 点拨：句意 伦敦眼部分伦敦收眼底 知处应 most of
5 ． A 6 A
7 ． A 点拨： in front of 指物体外部前方 in the front of 指物体部前方句意 房前许树 知选 A
8 ． D 9 C
10 ． A 点拨：考查介词法句意： —— 边老师新美术老师？ —— 卷发男老师非常趣 with 表示 带具 选 A
11 B 12 D
13 ． B 点拨：题固定搭配法 show sth to sb ＝ show sbsth 某某物某某物均代词时般 show sth to sb 结构
14 ． B 点拨：题交际法 Why not do sth ？表示 什做某事？ 通常提建议常口语中
15 D
二 16 A 点拨： welcome to 表示点名词作宾语
17 C
18 ． A 点拨：物动词 listen 副词 carefully 表示 仔细听
19 C
20 ． B 点拨：参观应该 穿 介词 across 表示 越
21 C
22 ． D 点拨： don＇t 动词原形 be afraid 构成系表结构
23 B
24 ． D 点拨：三餐名词前加冠词
25 ． A 26 C
27 ． C 点拨：名词 places 动词定式作定语
28 B 29 C 30 A
三 31 C 32 C 33 D 34 C 35 B
四 36 民会堂左边右边中国国家博物馆 37 C
38 ． (C)Turn left (D)turn right
(E)on the corner of
39 ． to do shopping 40 How can get to
五 41 Square 42 opposite 43 over
44 ． supermarket 45 along 46 end 47 turn
48 ． left 49 between 50 pool
六 A ) 51 tourists 52 swimming
53 ． clear 54 writing 55 across
B ) 56 how to get to 57 Where is
58 ． with many old things
59 ． by boat 60 in front of
七范文：
( ) Go along Guangming Road and turn left at the first crossing Then walk along Taishan Street and turn right into Guangdong Road Walk on and you can find the hospital on the left
( 二 ) Walk along Guangming Road and turn left into Wenhua Stree t Go along the street and turn right at the third crossing You can find the hospital on the left
点评：作者运 TWG 法 指示路线方 T ： turn left at the first crossing turn right into Guangdong Road 等 W ： walk along Taishan Street walk on 等 G ： go along Guangming Road 等
添彩点：作者思路清晰紧紧抓住关键词汇 turn go walk 定路线进行指引说明指导语简洁力语言流畅语准确体
期中测试卷
时间： 120 分钟 满分： 120 分
题号
二
三
四
五
六
七
八
九
十
十
总分
分
听力部分 (20 分 )
听句子选择适答语 ( 题 1 分 5 分 )
1 ． AHe is coming B ． He likes reading C ． He is friendly
2 ． AStrawberries B ． Bread C ． Potatoes
3 ． AHow funny it is B ． I like it very much C ． Good idea
4 ． ASounds great B ． Have a good trip C ． At 5 ： 30
5 ． AThat＇s all right B ． Don＇t worry C ． All right
二听五段话根话容选择适答语 ( 题 1 分 5 分 )
6 ． What＇s the man＇s telephone number
A ． 6033 2769 B ． 6203 3279
C ． 6033 2679
7 ． When will the volleyball match begin
A ． This afternoon B ． Tonight
C ． Tomorrow
8 ． What does the boy want the girl to do
A ． He wants to have a walk with her
B ． He wants her to see a film with him
C ． He wants her to buy a ticket for him
9 ． How does Mary go to school
A ． By bus B ． By bike
C ． By car
10 ． Where is Lucy going for the summer vacation
A ． England B ． America
C ． China
三听话选择正确答案 ( 题 1 分 5 分 )
听第段话完成 11 ～ 13 题
11 ． Where is the bike
A ． Beh ind the house
B ． In front of the house
C ． In the house
12 ． What is the girl going to buy
A ． Potatoes B ． Ice cream
C ． Pudding
13 ． Where are they talking
A ． In a hospital B ． At home
C ． In a library
听第二段话完成 14 15 题
14 ． When does the bank open
A ． At eight in the morning B ． At 9 a ． m
C ． At 8 p ． m
15 ． What is the lady＇s last question about
A ． How often the buses leave for Guangzhou
B ． Where to get the information about the buses
C ． The nearest toilet
四听短文根短文容完成列表格 ( 空超两单词 )( 题 1 分 5 分 )
My Grandfather
Daily activities
He goes for a walk in the ________ 16
He comes home for lunch at around __________ 17 o＇clock
A funny story
Two ________ 18 sent him back home in their car
My mother felt very ________ 19 but she thanked them
In fact he ________ 20 his w ay but just got tired
笔试部分 (100 分 )
五单项选择 ( 题 1 分 15 分 )
21 ． They stopped in ________ beautiful place for camping near ________ farmhouse of the Smiths
A ． a a B ． the a
C ． a the D ． the the
22 ． This eraser is black and that one is brown What about the ________ one
A ． second B ． two
C ． third D ． three
23 ． —How can we keep fit
—Get up early ________ get some exercise
A ． and B ． so
C ． or D ． but
24 ． —Is the ________ ready
—Yes Say qiezi
A ． taxi B ． camera
C ． dinner D ． book
25 ． —What do you think of the ________ ？
—Both teams are strong
A ． ticket B ． scarf
C ． place D ． score
26 ． I will get ________ Beijing ________ the morning of May 1st
A ． at in B ． in in
C ． to on D ． in on
27 ． His parents usually buy vegetables in the ________
A ． market B ． library
C ． office D ． museum
28 ． —Can you finish ________ these books before 10 o＇clock
—Yes I can
A ． to read B ． read
C ． reads D ． reading
29 ． —I don＇t like that film
—But many people think it ________
A ． expensive B ． hard
C ． fantastic D ． cold
30 ． The shoes look beautifulI want to ________
A ． try on it B ． try it on
C ． try on them D ． try them on
31 ． I am looking forward ________ my friends during the summer holidays
A ． visit B ． visiting
C ． to visiting D ． to visit
32 ． —We＇ll have a school trip to Fuzhou City Museum next week
—________ And I＇m sure you＇ll learn a lot
A ． Have fun B ． Cheer up
C ． Best wishes D ． Never mind
33 ． I don＇t like ________ watch I like________
A ． me your B ． my your
C ． me yours D ． my yours
34 ． —Can he sing English songs
—________ And he is going to sing one at the party
A ． Yes he can B ． No he can＇t
C ． Yes he does D ． No he doesn＇t
35 ． —Welcome to our town
—________
A ． Good idea B ． Thank you
C ． Wait a minute D ． Have a nice day
六完形填空 ( 题 15 分 15 分 )
What do you usually do after school You may go home and finish your homework ________ 36 you are a good studentAs a________ 37 finishing your homework is the first thing
________ 38 finishing your homework what will you do ？ Stay at home and watch TV ？ Well that sounds boringI think you can do some________ 39 things
One thing is to join different ________ 40 You can join the ________ 41 Club to learn to play the violin and the pianoYou can also join the ________ 42 ClubYou can play basketball soccer and volleyball there
The other thing is to ________ 43 old people and help them do________ 44 thingsYou can sing and dance for themYou can also________ 45 with them
As for me I usually read booksI like reading very much and I want to be a writer
36 ． Aor B ． because C ． but D ． although
37 ． Ateacher B ． student C ． worker D ． doctor
38 ． ABefore B ． After C ． Later D ． Ago
39 ． Aeasy B ． difficult C ． interesting D ． boring
40 ． Ateams B ． clubs C ． classes D ． schools
41 ． ASwimming B ． Food C ． Chess D ． Music
42 ． ALanguage B ． Art C ． Sports D ． Dance
43 ． Alook B ． visit C ． go D ． come
44 ． Amuch B ． some C ． any D ． few
45 ． Ato speak B ． to say C ． tell D ． talk
七阅读理解 ( 题 2 分 30 分 )
A
Shopping Guide in New World Shopping Mall
6F
Restaurant Coffee shopTea house
5F
Children＇s pleasure ground Cinema
4F
Electrical equipment
Writing materials
Office supplies
3F
Men＇s clothing
Bedding
2F
Women＇s clothing
Children＇s clothing
1F
Fruits vegetables meat eggs drinks cooked food etc Kitchen ware
Business hours
Weekdays 8 ： 00 am—6 ： 00 pm
Weekends 9 ： 00 am—9 ： 00 pm
46From the shopping guide we can see there are ________ floors in New World Shopping Mall
A ． five B ． six
C ． seven D ． four
47 ． On the second floor Mrs Zhang can buy clothing for her ________
A ． children B ． husband
C ． father D ． brother
48 ． You can buy _____ ___ and writing materials on the fourth floor
A ． desks B ． bowls
C ． quilts D ． shoes
49 ． You can invite your friends to ________ or drink tea on the top floor
A ． play games B ． watch films
C ． have lunch D ． go swimming
50 ． According to the guide Mr Li can go shopping ________ on weekdays
A ． at 7 ： 30 am B ． at 8 ： 30 am
C ． at 6 ： 30 pm D ． at 9 ： 00 pm
B
Someday in the future we may not need to have money in our pockets Is life easier when people don＇t need to carry any money at a ll Is money heavy to carry Is it safe to carry money Maybe in the future each of us will have only one small credit card ( 信卡 ) We will use it instead of money to buy all the things
Of course we may still have some of the same problems with cards we no w have with money For example we lose money from time to time Maybe we will lose the cards Maybe someone will take the cards Someone may even make a card and it just looks like our cards Since we can＇t buy anything without our cards the credit cards may be no better than money
Is there anything easier to use than credit cards Each of us has a thumbprint ( 拇指指纹 ) No two thumbprints are the same Maybe someday the government will keep people＇s thumbprints with a number When you want to buy something you will put your thumb on a machine or a computer Each store or business will possess one Everyone＇s thumbprints will be in the computer It will be difficult to lose our thumbprints It will be difficult for someone to steal it or to make one like it
51 ． The writer probably agrees that credit cards are ________ to carry than money
A ． heavier B ． easier
C ． more difficult D ． cheaper
52 ． What may be a problem with credit cards in the future
A ． We may lose the cards from time to time
B ． We won＇t be able to ma ke enough cards
C ． We may not know how to use the cards
D ． Someone will steal our cards at times
53 ． Someday the government may keep people＇s thumbprints with a ________
A ． sign B ． note
C ． number D ． machine
54 ． The underlined word possess probably means ________ in English
A ． lend B ． have
C ． sell D ． borrow
55 ． In the writer＇s opinion it＇ll be the best way to buy things with ________ in the future
A ． money B ． credit cards
C ． thumbprints D ． ID cards
C
There are some ways to improve your English but I think the most important thing is to make English all around you Here＇s some advice for you
▲ Listen to the radio in English If there are no English radio stations where you live listen to one on the Internet
▲Watch TV and movies in English If you have Eng lish channels on your TV watch them If there are no English channels you can buy some DVDs of English movies
▲Speak English to your friends You can find a friend whose native language is English and speak English with him as much as possible Ask your friend to correct you when needed
▲Study or travel to an English speaking country Of course the best way to improve your English is to live in English environments( 环境 ) You＇ll find yourself surrounded ( 围绕 )with the language everywhere It can be a more d ifficult and expensive choice but you may find it to be a very valuable and helpful experience
56 ． How many ways are mentioned in the passage
A ． Two B ． Three
C ． Four D ． Five
57 ． If there are no English radio stations where you live you can ________
A ． b uy a new radio
B ． buy some DVDs
C ． listen to one on the Internet
D ． find a friend to talk with you
58 ． What does the underlined word valuable mean in Chinese
A ．价值 B ．价值
C ．花费 D ．必少
59 ． Which of the following is NOT true according to the passage
A ． Y ou can watch English channels on your TV to improve your English
B ． You＇d better find friends whose native language is English to talk with you
C ． The best way to learn English is to live in all English environments
D ． Study or travel to an English speakin g country is a good choice because it doesn＇t cost you too much
60 ． From this passage we mainly know________
A ． how to improve our English
B ． the best time to listen to the radio in English
C ． make friends with foreigners
D ． the steps about how to study abroad
八务型阅读 ( 题 2 分 10 分 )
Today more and more students like going shopping on the InternetDo you have any ideas about it ？ Here are four girls＇ ideas
Sandy twelve
I like new skirts and jeansAt the weekend I usually go to the shops on the InternetWhen I see my favourite things I can pay for them by my credit card( 信卡 ) ．
Kitty thirteen
I think it is very easy and cheap to buy things on the Internet I only need to stay at home and choose the things I likeI can get them quickly without going outIt doe sn＇t take too much time
Wendy eleven
I＇m not good at computersI never do the shopping on the InternetI don＇t think it is interestingWhen I want something I ask my parents to buy it for me in the shopping mall
Shirley twelve
Shopping on the Internet is not goodI can only see some pictures about the thingsI don＇t believe the notes near the pictures
根短文容 补全缺信息 ( 空词 )
Name
Age
Ideas about shopping on the Internet
Sandy
12
At the weekend she usually goes shopping on the Internet She ________ 61 by her credit card
Kitty
13
She thinks it is very easy and ________ 62 to buy things on the InternetShe doesn＇t need to go out and then gets the things she likes
Wendy
11
She ________ 63 goes shopping on the Internet Her ________ 64 usually help her buy things in the shopping mall
Shirley
12
She thinks shopping on the Internet is not goodShe doesn＇t believe the notes ________ 65 the pictures
九情景交际 ( 题 1 分 5 分 )
A ： Oh look I like that blue sweater ________ 66
B ： Twenty dollars Oh I like these red socks
A ： ________ 67
B ： Do you like this T shirt
A ： Mmm yes I do But it＇s ten dollars
B ： Oh how much is the green sweater
A ： ________ 68 But you have a green sweater ________ 69
B ： Yes How much are they
A ： Only sixteen dollars
B ： OK ________ 70
A ． Do you like these trousers
B ． Oh no I don＇t like red
C ． I＇ll take them
D ． How much is it
E It＇s twenty five dollars
十根句意汉语提示完成单词 ( 题 1 分 5 分 )
71 ． I will work harder next ________( 学期 ) at school
72 ． There is an ________( 机场 ) in the east of the town
73 ． Let＇s go and ________( …… 喝彩 ) the players
74 ． I don＇t like crowded places because the air isn＇t usually ________( 新鲜 ) ．
75 ． The well is about ten ________( 米 ) deepYou＇d better stay away from it
十 书面表达 (20 分 )
五节 (May Day) 写篇少 80 词短文介绍假期活动安排开头已出计入总词数
My May Day holiday plan
MayDay is coming soonWe will have a three day holiday_____________________
_______________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
_________ _______________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________ __________________________
________________________________________________________________________
期中测试卷
听力材料 ：
1 What＇s your friend John like
2 ． What＇s your favorite fruit
3 ． Let＇s go to play basketball
4 ． I will go to Tibet for a holiday tomorrow
5 ． Sorry I＇ve broken your glasses
二 6W ： May I have your telephone number
M ： OKIt＇s 6033 2679
W ： 6033 2679Thank you
7 ． W ： I＇ve got two tickets for a volleyball match tonightWhy don＇t you go with me
M ： Great I＇ll go with you
8 ． M ： What are you going to do this evening
W ： NothingWhy
M ： I＇ve got two film tickets
9 ． M ： How do you go to school Mary
W ： My home isn＇t near the school so I take a bus to school
10 ． M ： The summer vacation is comingWhere are you going Lucy
W ： I am going to China to visit the Great Wall
三 Text 1
W ： Dad where is my bike
M ： It＇s under the tree behind the house
W ： Oh I seeI＇m going to do some shopping
M ： What are you going to buy
W ： Mum is preparing lunchI want to buy some potatoes
M ： Well but be careful
Text 2
M ： What can I do for yo u madam
W ： Could you please tell me where the bank is
M ： There is one opposite our hotelGo across the street
W ： Oh thanksDo you know when it opens
M ： It should be open nowIt opens at 8 ∶ 00 a ． m
W ： GoodAnd can you tell me how often the buses leave for Gua ngzhou
M ： You need to ask that policeman
W ： OKAnd just one more thingDo you know where the nearest toilet is
M ： Right behind you madamSee that sign
W ： OhThank you very much
四 Hello everyone Now let me tell you a funny story about my grandfather
My grandfather lives with my family Every morning he goes for a walk in the park and usually comes home for lunch at around eleven o＇clock
One day it was nearly twelve but he didn＇t return home yet While we were waiting a police car stopped in front of our house and two policemen helped my grandfather to get out One of them said to my mother The poor old man lost his way in the park and phoned us for help so we sent him home My mother was very surprised However she thanked them
After the policeme n left my grandfather smiled closed one eye and said I didn＇t lose my way I just got tired and didn＇t want to walk home
That is my grandfather a funny and lovely old man
听力答案：
1 － 5 CACBA
二 6 － 10 CBBAC
三 11 － 15 AABAC
四 16 park 17 11eleven 18 policemen
19 ． surprised 20 didn＇t lose
五 21 C 点拨： 美丽方 表示泛指定冠词 a 史密斯家农舍附 表示特指定冠词 the
22 ． C 23 A
24 ． B 点拨：常识法解答根 qiezi 知相时说话选 B
25 ． D
26 ． C 点拨： 达北京 get to Beijing …… 午 on the morning of
27 ． A 28 D
29 ． C 点拨：联系文法解答根文中 I don＇t l ike… 转折词 but 推测喜欢部电影认 非常棒
30 ． D 点拨： try on 宾语代词时代词必须放中间 shoes 知 them 代
31 ． C 32 A 33 D 34 A
35 ． B 点拨：情景交际法解答欢迎表示感谢选 B
六 36 B 37 B
38 ． B 点拨：联系文法解答根文 作名学生完成作业第务 接完成作业需干什呢？ after
39 ． C 点拨：处应文中 boring 相应 interesting
40 ． B
41 ． D 点拨：联系文法解答根学容 violin piano 知应该加入音乐俱乐部
42 ． C 43 B 44 B
45 ． D 点拨：语法分析法解答空前情态动词 can 处动词原形 talk with 意 某交谈 选 D
七 A ) 46 B 点拨：推理判断题根 1F 6F 知购物楼六层选 B
47 ． A 点拨：推理判断题根 2F 栏 Women＇s clothing Children＇s clothing 知二楼女士童服装张太太孩子购买服装选 A
48 ． A 点拨：推理判断题根 4F 栏中 Electrical equipment Writing materials Office supplies 知四楼购买书桌选 A
49 ． C 点拨：细节理解题购物商场六层根 6F 介绍 Restaurant Coffee shopTea house 知顶楼喝茶餐选 C
50 ． B 点拨：细节理解题根表格中营业时间 Weekd ays 8 ： 00 am—6 ： 00 pm 知工作日营业时间午 8 ： 00 午 6 ： 00 选 B
B ) 51 B 点拨：推理判断题根第段句 We will use it instead of money to buy all the things 知作者认携带信卡带钱更方便
52 ． A 点拨：细节理解题根第二段第三句 Maybe we will lose the cards 知携带信卡会丢失
53 ． C 点拨：细节理解题根第三段第四句 Maybe someday th e government will keep people＇s thumbprints with a number 知政府会编号形式保存指纹
54 ． B 点拨：词义猜测题根文 When you want to buy something you will put your thumb on a machine or a computer 知商店应该选 B
55 ． C 点拨：推理判断题根第三段两句知作者更愿意拇指指纹购物
C ) 56 C 点拨： 推理判断题根文中二三四五段知介绍听英语广播英文电视电影朋友说英语说英语国家学旅游等四种学英语效方法
57 ． C 点拨：细节理解题根第二段 If there are no English radio stations where you live listen to one on the Internet 句知果住附没英语广播电台网听英语选 C
58 ． B 点拨：词义猜测题根文 expensive choice 知价值帮 助次体验选 B
59 ． D 点拨：细节理解题根文章段句知国外学旅游种昂贵学英语方式 D 项错误
60 ． A 点拨：旨意题全文介绍提高英语水介绍种提高英语种方法选 A
八 61 pays 62 cheap 63 never 64 parents 65 near
九 66 － 70 DBEAC
十 71 term 72 airport 73 cheer 74 fresh 75 metres
十范文：
My May Day holiday plan
May Day is coming soon We will have a three day holiday I＇d like to talk about myplansforMayDay
Onthemorningofthefirstday I am going to stay in bedIn the afternoon I am going to do my homework Onthemorningofthesecondday I am going to go over lessonsIn the afternoon I am going to play football with my friends Onthemorningofthethirdday I am going to get up early I am going to have a picnic with my family
I＇m sure I＇m going to have a good holiday
名师点评：
文第段总领全文写出文章题 (my plans for May Day) 第二段具体写出天计划 (On the morning of the first day…On the morning of the second day…On the morning of the third day…) 表达美愿
文添彩点：
文运 On the morning of the first day… 等系列短语时间序写出假期计划条理清晰
Module 7 关测试
限时： 60 分钟 满分： 100 分
题号
二
三
四
五
六
七
总分
分
单项选择 ( 题 1 分 15 分 )
1 My good friend Joe ________ born ________ winter
A was in B was on
C is in D is at
2 My father is ________ me
A strict on B strict with
C strict in D strict as
3 Tom was very good in class but Tim wasn＇t He was quite ________
A good B well
C nice D difficult
4 Shanghai is ________ the east of China
A on B to
C in D with
5 I＇m looking forward to________you again
A meet B meeting
C met D to meet
6 We like playing in the garden ________ lots of trees
A has B with
C of D for
7 There are ________ in the lake
A many fish B much fish
C much fishes D lot of fish
8 —____________ ？
—She was very friendly
A What does she look lik e B What did she look like
C What is she like D What was she like
9 My dog is very ________ It is safe to touch ( 触摸 ) him if you want
A dangerous B difficult
C happy D friendly
10 —Who is in the ________ ？
—My father He is taking a bath now
A waiting room B bathroom
C living room D bedroom
11 It＇s a long ________story and we＇re ________ with it
A bored bored B boring bored
C boring boring D bored boring
12 There will be a new film ________ the weekend Would you like to go with me
A to B in
C off D on
13 The boy always has ________ a lot of questions to ask in class
A quite B very
C much D quiet
14 —When was your last trip
—________
A This weekend B Next weekend
C Last weekend D For three days
15 The ________ we saw her was in May
A last times B last time
C late times D late time
二完形填空 ( 题 1 5 分 15 分 )
My grandmother often tells me the story of her past life
My grandmother was ________ 16 in a small village ________ 17 24th July 1952 It is on the east coast ________ 18 China At that time because of many years＇ war ( 战争 ) many people had nothing ________ 19 But there were ________ 20 ponds in her village and there were many fish in them In summer she could swim in th em ________ 21 Her first school was Dazhang Primary School and her first teacher ________ 22 Mr Zhang He was strict ________ 23 my grandmother ________ 24 he was also nice to her They were looking forward to ________ 25 a better life
Now my grandmother i s living a comfortable life and she is very happy
16 A born B bore C bored D boring
17 A in B on C at D of
18 A about B on C of D from
19 A to eat B eating C eats D eat
20 A lot of B lot C lots of D a lots of
21 A also B neith er C either D too
22 A is B was C were D are
23 A in B with C of D about
24 A but B C so D or
25 A live B living C lives D lived
三阅读理解 ( 题 2 分 20 分 )
A
Name
Personal information
Yuan Longping
Born on September 7th 1930 Beijing China scientist
Bill Gates
Born on October 28th 1955 Seattle the USA the founder of Microsoft
Yao Ming
Born on September 8th 1980 Shanghai China super sports star
Stephen Hawking
Born on January 8th 1942 Oxford Britain professor
Jay Chou
Born on January 18th 1979 Taiwan China super music star
26 Who was born in October
A Jay Chou B Stephen Hawking
C Bill Gates D Yuan Longping
27 Where was Stephen Hawking born
A In Seattle B In Oxford
C In Beijing D In Shanghai
28 How old is Yao Ming now
A Thirty seven B Thirty eight
C Thirty nine D Forty
29 Who is the oldest of the five people
A Stephen Hawking B Bill Gates
C Jay Chou D Yuan Longping
30 Which of the following is TRUE
A Bill Gates was born in Oxford Britain
B Yuan Longping is a super star
C Jay Chou is a super music star from Taiwan China
D Stephen Hawking is the founder of Microsoft
B
A woman brought her little child to the dentist She went into the dent ist＇s room and told him Please do your job gently because my child is very afraid He gets afraid very easily The dentist said to her Don＇t be afraid and you don＇t have to worry The mother then said Oh That＇s very good I can leave everything to you and I＇ll wait outside because I＇m also very afraid I dare not stay here to look She then went to take a seat outside
Before she sat down there was a shout from inside a very loud shout She ran inside at once and scolded the doctor Hey Y ou made my child very painful He can＇t stand it anymore and you say you are a doctor The dentist then said It＇s not like that He is not the one who shouted It was me I just wanted to touch his tooth just now and he bit me My hand is nearly broken
31 The woman brought her son to ________
A the hospital B the shop
C the dentist D the school
32 How did the woman feel about it
A She was afraid B She was happy
C She was excited D She was surprised
33 What happened then
A The woman cried B Her son cried
C Another patient shouted D A very loud shout came out
34 Why did the doctor shout Because ________
A he was angry with the boy B he was glad to see the boy
C the boy bit him D his tooth was painful
35 Why did the boy bite the dentist Because ________
A he was bored B he wanted his mother here
C he was painful D he was afraid
四务型阅读 ( 题 2 分 10 分 )
Mr Wood was born in a small town He is very old now He sees many changes in his home town
He knows that things are different now But he never forgets the old days He likes to talk about them He often talks about his favourite birds— robins( 知更鸟 ) WhenIwasachildthesehouseswerenothere There were wide fields and tall trees Every spring the ro bins came Thousands of them flew up to the north from the south They spent the winter in the south Some built their nests( 巢 ) in the trees near the houses Then people started to cut down trees and they built more houses The robins stopped coming They couldn＇t build their nests near our houses because there were no trees Now there are too many houses and too many roads There are no places for the robins They do not come any more
根短文容 完成列务
务：判断列句子正 (T) 误 (F)
36 Mr Wood was born in a big ci ty ( )
37 Mr Wood likes robins best and often talks about them ( )
务二：文中画线句子翻译成汉语
38 ________________________________________________________________________
务三：简回答列问题
39 Where did some robins build their nests
______________________________ __________________________________________
40 Why did people cut down trees
________________________________________________________________________
五补全话 两项余 ( 题 2 分 10 分 )
A ： What are you doing Zhao Kai
B ________ 41
A Mandela Oh he was Preside nt of South Africa
B Yes ________ 42
A People all over the world were sorry for it When was he born
B ： ________ 43
A Was his village big or small
B Small
A ： ________ 44
B He was very good
A ： ________ 45
B From 1994 to 1999 He did a lot of things for his people
A What a great man
A When was he President of South Africa
B He was born in 1918 C Who was his first teacher
D What was he like at school
E I＇m reading a book about Nelson Mandela
F He has two daughters
G But he died ( 世 ) on December 6 2013
六求完成句子 ( 题 1 分 10 分 )
A) 根句意首字母提示写出正确单词
46 Three years a ________ I lived in Changsha with my parents
47 My brother teaches maths in Yangguang P ________ School now
48 Li Ming＇s friend lived in a v ________ in Hebei Province
49 There are many flowers in my g ________
50 The bedroom is very small but it is c ________
B) 求完成列题
51 We were at school yesterday ( 改否定句 )
We ________ ________ at school yesterday
52 What＇s the weather like today ( last Sunday 作时间状语改写句子 )
________ ________ the weather like last Sunday
53 What＇s the boy＇s name ？ ( 改义句 )
What＇s the________ ________the boy
54 MrsGao was my first English teacher ( 画线部分提问 )
________ ________ your first English t eacher
55 He was born inJuly 1988intheUSA ( 画线部分提问 )
________and________was he born
七书面表达 (20 分 )
根表格提供信息 Li Fang＇s past life 题写篇 70 词左右短文 适发挥 文章更加充实
Name
Li Fang
Born in
Jinan the capital of
Shandong Province
Born on
June 2 nd 1999
Primary school
Yuying Primary School
First English teacher
Mrs Gao
Character
Friendly and well behaved
Li Fang＇s past life
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________ ___________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
Module 7 关测试
1 A 2 B
3 D 点拨：题前应法句中 but 表转折关系知空格处需形容词 difficult 难付
4 C 点拨： in the east of 意 ……( 范围 ) 东边 海中国境选 C
5 B 6 B
7 A 点拨： fish 表示 鱼条数 时数名词单复数形
8 D 点拨：题逻辑推理法解答答语 非常友 描述某性格应 be like was 判断时态般时题选 D
9 D 点拨：题正确握语境法解答 dangerous 危险 difficult 难付 happy 高兴 friendly 友 根面 safe 知狗友
10 B 点拨：题寻找题眼法解答根答语句中 taking a bath 知选 B
11 B 点拨：形容物 令厌烦 boring 形容 感厌烦 bored
12 D
13 A 点拨： quite 十分
14 C 15 B
二 16 A 点拨：题考查固定搭配 be born 出生
17 B
18 C 点拨：题考查固定搭配 on the east coast of …… 东海岸
19 A 点拨：题语法分析法解答动词定式作置定语修饰前面 nothing
20 C 21 D 22 B 23 B
24 A 点拨：题分析句子结构法解答根句知处转折关系
25 B 点拨：题考查固定搭配 look forward to doing sth 盼做某事
三 A26—30 CBBDC B31—35 CADCD
四 36 F 37 T
38 孩子时候里没房子
39 In the trees near the houses
40 Because they wanted to build more houses
五 41—45 EGBDA
六 A ) 46 ago 47 Primary 48 village
49 garden 50 comfortable
B ) 51 were not 52 What was 53 name of
54 Who was 55 When where
七范文：
Li Fang＇s past life
Li Fang is my new friend She was __ born __ in Jinan the __ capital __ of __ Shandong __ Province She was __ born __ on __June 2nd 1999 The name of her primary school was Yuying Primary School and Mrs Gao was her first English teacher At __ that __ time Li Fang was very friendly and also well behaved I think all her classmates liked her very much
点评：文运 回忆家校师友法 描写生活围绕家乡 ( Jinan ) 学校 ( Yuying Primary School ) 老师 ( Mrs Gao ) 等描述 朋友李芳生活
添彩点：时态准确 ( 般时 ) be born in the capital of at that time 等短语语言生动流畅
Module 8 关测试
限时： 60 分钟 满分： 100 分
题号
二
三
四
五
六
七
总分
分
单项选择 ( 题 1 分 15 分 )
1 Once upon ________ time there ________ ten suns in the sky
A a were B a are
C were D are
2 He goes out without________a word
A speaking B saying
C speak D say
3 They________the faraway hill with their hands
A point to B points
C point D point on
4 Goldilocks decided ________ for a walk in the forest
A go B to go
C going D goes
5 He noticed a man________into the house
A gone B to go
C going D goes
6 They are looking________ They want to find a place to spend the night
A like B around
C with D without
7 We were all happy ________ movie stars＇ homes in Hollywood
A visit B visiting
C to visit D visited
8 I＇ll write down his telephone number Please pass me ________
A a paper B piece of paper
C a piece paper D a piece of paper
9 —Would you like some bread
—No thanks I＇m no t________
A thirsty B hungry
C happy D friendly
10 There is a picture on the ground Please ________
A pick up it B pick it up
C picked it up D picked up it
11 You＇d better return the book________the library
A off B without
C to D at
12 —Alex I think two hours of TV is enough for you
—Could I at least finish________this show
A watching B to watch
C watch D watches
13 The old woman walked into the big forest and soon she was________
A lost B loses
C losing D lose
1 4 —Who taught Zhu Zhiwen to sing
—________ He learned to sing by himself
A Everybody B Somebody
C Nobody D Anybody
15 It＇s not right to ________ others at the dinner table
A point out B shout
C point at D call out
二完形填空 ( 题 1 5 分 15 分 )
Once upon a time there was ________ 16 old farmer He loved money a lot He kept a lot of gold coins but ________ 17 used them He ________ 18 not give them to others He put them into a strong ________ 19 and put it in the ground He came to the ________ 20 every day to look at it This made him happy
________ 21 he came to the place but he could not ________ 22 the box He became very sad He began to cry ________ 23 a man came to him and said Don ＇ t cry Put a stone in the ground instead and ________ 24 it is a box of gold coins A stone will be ________ 25 the same( 相 ) because when the coins were there you never used them
16 A a B the C an D
17 A often B never C nearly D almost
18 A did B is C was D does
19 A bowl B bottle C cup D box
20 A earth B here C place D there
21 A Every day B From now on C One day D From then on
22 A find B look C look for D found
23 A Though B Then C Because D Or
24 A learn B let C think D know
25 A just B hardly C already D ever
三阅读理解 ( 题 2 分 20 分 )
A
Wolfgang Amadeus Mozart was an Austrian composer and pianist Many people think he was one of the best composers( 作曲家 ) of music of all time
Mozart was born in Austria in 1756 He was educated by his father a very good violinist Hi s father started to give him piano lessons when he was 4 years old When he was 6 he went on his first musical tour of Europe Mozart also wrote music When he was only about 5 years old he started to compose music At the age of 8 he composed his first real song When he grew up he wrote some of his most beautiful music ever heard However he died when he was only 35 years old
26 What was Wolfgang Amadeus Mozart
A A composer B A dancer
C A doctor D A teacher
27 How old was Mozart when he started to write music
A About 4 years old B About 5 years old
C About 6 years old D About 8 years old
28 How old was Mozart when he wrote his first real song
A 6 years old B 8 years old
C 35 years old D 56 years old
29 As he gre w up Mozart ________
A wrote some beautiful music B wrote some beautiful stories
C made some beautiful pianos D made some beautiful violins
30 It seems that the writer ________
A didn＇t like Mozart＇s music at all B liked Mozart＇s father very much
C thought Mozart could die earlier D wished Mozart could live longer
B
Maria lived near a forest She often played with the animals in the forest They were all her friends
One day Maria walked into the forest to play with her animal friends But to her surprise( 令惊讶 ) the forest was very quiet and the animals weren＇t there Maria hurried back to tell her parents Her parents returned to the forest with Maria The forest was still very quiet But Maria＇s father noticed a little monkey behind a b ig tree The monkey was dying They tried to save it But the monkey was too weak Before he died the monkey told them the truth( 真相 ) a ghost( 魔鬼 )wanted to get the forest so he asked all the animals to go away
Maria and her parents were very angry They decided to drive the ghost away They asked their friends and neighbors to help them The ghost was strong but the people were stronger At last the ghost left and the animals returned to the forest happily
31 Maria had lots of ________ friends
A b oy B girl
C plant D animal
32 One day the forest was quiet and Maria ________ why
A didn＇t know B didn＇t think about
C noticed D asked the animals
33 The little monkey ________ at last
A helped Maria to find other animals B walked away
C died because he was too weak D was well again
34 What do the underlined words drive away mean in Chinese
A 开车 B 离开
C 赶走 D 杀死
35 Who lived in the forest at last
A The ghost B The people
C The little monkey D The animals
四务型阅读 ( 题 2 分 10 分 )
Once there were two wolves They had a son when they were very old The baby wolf was very clever and they loved him very much But the baby wolf had a problem Helikedtoeatvegetablesbetterthanmeat His favourite vegetable was carrots His parents worried about this a lot They tried their best to teach him to hunt( 猎 ) and eat meat
One day the baby wolf saw a rabbit eating a carrot He jumped onto the rabbit very quickly and caught it His parents were really happy to see this Then they heard their son saying to the rabbit I don＇t want to eat you I only want your carrot Give me the carrot now
根短文容 完成列务
务：简回答列问题
36 How many children did the two wolves have
____________________________________________________________ ____________
37 What was the baby wolf＇s favourite vegetable
________________________________________________________________________
务二：文中画线句子翻译成汉语
38 ________________________________________________________________________
务三：完成列句子 ( 空词 )
39 The two wolves wanted to teach the baby wolf to hunt and ________ ________
40 One day the baby wolf saw ________ ________ eating a carrot
五补全话 ( 两项余 )( 题 2 分 10 分 )
A Hi Tang Bing ________ 41
B No I didn＇t
A Why
B Because I don＇t know how to w rite a fairy tale
A ________ 42
B Oh my computer didn＇t work yesterday
A ________ 43 Did you ask your brother for help
B Yes but he just told me two fairy tales
A That＇s enough I think ________ 44
B ________ 45 Please help me Mary
A OK
A I＇m sorry to hear that B You can make up one fairy tale like them
C Did you finish your homeworkD The stories are exciting and funny
E You can begin with Once upon a time there was
F You can search for some information on the Internet G But I can＇t write them out in English
六求完成句子 ( 题 1 分 10 分 )
A) 词适形式填空
46 I called you yesterday but nobody__________(answer)
47 My grandfather fell________(sleep) as soon as he went to bed
48 ________(final) I received my friend＇s letter
49 The boy fell into the river and________(cry) for help
50 We felt________(tire)after a long way
B) 根汉语完成句子
51 难道没房子里住？
________anyone________ ________the house
52 起初没注意老师
___ _____ ________ he didn＇t notice the teacher
53 男进房子
That man________the________house
54 听谁正敲门？
Listen Who＇s ________ ________ the door
55 纸变成鸟
The man ________ the paper ________ a bird
七书面表达 (20 分 )
仔细观察列四幅图片 展开合理想象 写篇短文
求：
1 词数 80 ～ 110 词间
2 字迹工整 语法正确 意思连贯 合逻辑 适发挥
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________ ___________________________________
Module 8 关测试
1 A
2 B 点拨： without 动词 ing 形式
3 A 4 B 5 C
6 B 点拨： look around 环顾 固定搭配
7 C 8 D
9 B 点拨：题寻找题眼法解答根问句中 some bread 知问饿饿答语应说 饿
10 B 点拨：题分析句子结构法解答 pick up 动词＋副词 结构代词作宾语时需放 pick up 间 祈 句中动词原形
11 C 12 A 13 A 14 C 15 C
二 16 C 点拨：题考查冠词法空面单词 old 元音音素开头前面冠词应 an 选 C
17 B
18 A 点拨：根句意知钱般时否定形式： did not ＋动词原形选 A 19 D
20 C 点拨：根句意知天方选 C
21 C
22 A 点拨：根句意知天方没找盒子选 A
23 B 24 C 25 A
三 A26—30 ABBAD
B31 D 点拨：细节理解题第段第二三句话知 Maria 许动物朋友
32 A 点拨：细节理解题第二段第二句话知 A 项正确答案
33 C 点拨：细节理解题第二段中 But the monkey was too weak Before he died 知猴子太虚弱死
34 C 点拨：词义猜测题第三段 Maria 父母非常生气 知决定 赶走 魔鬼 C 项正确
35 D 点拨：细节理解题 文章句 the animals returned to the forest happily 推断动物住森林里
四 36 One 37 Carrots
38 肉起更喜欢吃蔬菜
39 eat meat 40 a rabbit
五 41—45 CFABG
六 A ) 46 answered 47 asleep 48 Finally
49 cried 50 tired
B ) 51 Didn＇t live in 52 At firs t
53 entered littlesmall
54 knocking at
55 changed into
七范文：
It was a sunny afternoon After school Li Lei was on his way home happily Suddenly he saw __ an __ old __ woman __ lying __ on __ the __ ground __and the vegetables were everywhere She looked terrible Li Lei looked __ around __but found nobody Help __ or __ not __ help ？ he said __ to __ himself If __ he __ helped __ the __ woman __she might ask him for money when she came to life If __ he __ didn＇t __ help __ her __sh e might lose her life Finally Li Lei decided to help her Luckily the old woman was saved She praised Li Lei How helpful the boy is Let＇s learn from him
点评：文运 5W 法 叙述发生放学路事 who Li Lei an old woman when a sunny afternoon where on Li Le i＇s way home what Li Lei helped the old woman why saw the old woman lying on the ground If he didn＇t help her she might lose her life
添彩点：时态准确 ( 般时 ) see sb doing look around say to oneself 等短语语言生动流畅疑问句 Help or not help ？两 if 条件状语句 表现公李 磊矛盾心情 表述位 显示出作者良语言运力
Module 9 关测试
限时： 60 分钟 满分： 100 分
题号
二
三
四
五
六
七
总分
分
单项选择 ( 题 1 分 15 分 )
1 Over 10 000 runners joined a half marathon in Xianlin Nanjing ________ May 7 2017
A in B on
C at D by
2 He helps others ________
A in one＇s life B in his life
C on his life D in life
3 Before you go to Canada you need to learn more ________ it
A from B in
C by D about
4 They sell books ________ newspapers
A as well as B so that
C so much D as good as
5 Her dog＇s ________ made her very sad
A die B dead
C death D died
6 The novel is great It＇s well worth ________
A read B reads
C reading D to read
7 We need to do some research to ________ the answer
A find out B look out
C hand out D take out
8 My grandparents are 70 but they look ________
A old B young
C small D big
9 Happy ________ Day Mum Let me do the cooking for you today
A Woman＇s B Womans
C Women＇s D Womens＇
10 The man worked hard and finally he ________ a fam ous singer
A got B were
C changed D became
11 Joy ________ David in 2011
A married with B married to
C married D got married
12 Are you reading the book RomeoandJuliet ________ Shakespeare
A for B with
C by D as
13 ________ comes after September and before November in a year
A July B April
C March D October
14 —What＇s the news about
—Here is today＇s ________ You can read it and learn about some news in it
A book B newspaper
C computer D play
15 Mr Wang ________us English last year
A taught B teach
C teaches D teached
二完形填空 ( 题 1 分 15 分 )
Chi Li is one of the best known Chinese writers She was ________ 16 in the 1950s ________ 17 19 Chi entered a medical college in 1976 After she graduated she ________ 18 as a doctor at a hospital in Wuhan As she loved ________ 19 much more she ________ 20 to Wuhan University to study Chinese language and literature ________ 21 1983 She chose ________ 22 as her profession( 专业 )
During the 1980s Chi wrote many works full ________ 23 love In the 1990s her works such as ApartFromLove and TheSunWasBorn were ________ 24 lives of young people and everyday problems Since 2003 Chi has ________ 25 a higher level in her works And many of her novels have received a _ _______ 26 honor LifeShow is one of her representative( 代表性 ) works and ________ 27 has been translated into many languages The ________ 28 shows the real life of a common woman in Wuhan
Chi says Writers don＇t need to be anyone ________ 29 they should b e able to understand everyone So she often travels ________ 30 to get a feel of how the world is and tries to understand people from all social strata( 阶层 )
16 A bear B live C born D lived
17 A At the age of B At the moment C In the beginning D In the end
18 A became B worked C enjoyed D become
19 A medicine B travelling C literature D travel
20 A go B gone C goes D went
21 A on B for C since D in
22 A teaching B writing C nursing D reading
23 A with B for C in D of
24 A over B under C about D on
25 A reached B arrived C went D reach
26 A great B nice C bad D good
27 A she B they C it D them
28 A picture B story C newspaper D play
29 A or B till C but D and
30 A alone B lonely C single D double
三阅读理解 ( 题 2 分 10 分 )
Mary was an operator( 接线员 ) of 911 in Los Angeles One Thursday morning she was surprised to get a call from a little girl She said Mum my ill Mum my ill again and again Mary soon found the address of the call Sh e called the police In a minute the policemen and doctors arrived at the house They broke the door open They couldn＇t believe their eyes The little child was so young that maybe she could not walk She was sitting beside her mother and holding her moth er＇s hand Tears were running down her face
The doctors gave the woman some medicine and soon she woke up Later she told people Everyone was surprised that my daughter could call 911 On Monday I tried to teach her how to call 911 but she couldn＇t d o it Mary was surprised too It＇s the first time that I have seen a two year old child call 911
31 What did the girl really want to say
A Mum I＇m ill B My mum is ill
C Mum and I are ill D You are ill
32 How did the policeme n feel when they got into the room
A Strange B Normal
C Surprised D Angry
33 How did the policemen get into the room
A By breaking the door B With the girl＇s help
C Through the window D With the mother＇s help
34 What does the unde rlined worditmean
A 911 B Calling 911
C Walking D Speaking
35 What can we learn from the passage
A The little girl was so clever that she could call 911 when she was 2
B The love for her mother created the miracle( 奇迹 )
C The mother knew she had to teach the little girl how to call 911
D Mary was a policewoman
四务型闯关 ( 题 2 分 10 分 )
Oscar Wilde was born on 16th October 1854 He wrote many plays poems and short stories TheSelfishGiant ( 私巨 )is one of the most fam ous short stories for children
There was a giant in the village (A) Hehadagardenwithalotoftrees flowersandbirds The children in the village liked playing in the garden But the giant wanted to keep (B) them out and built a big wall (C) Springcamebutthe gardenstayedquietandcoldwiththesnow The giant was sad and lonely Then the children made a hole in the wall And the sun flowers and birds came back here where they played This time the giant asked them to stay in the garden He was very happy with his little friends
根短文容 求完成列务
务：写出文中 (A) 处画线句子义句
36 ________________________________________________________________________
务二：写出文中 (B) 处画线单词指代容
37 ________________________________________________________________________
务三：文中 (C) 处画线句子翻译成汉语
38 ________________________________________________________________________
务四：选择正确答案
39 What did Oscar Wilde do
A A doctor B A teacher
C A writer D A farmer
务五：简回答问题
40 Is TheSelfishGiant a short story
______________________________ __________________________________________
五补全话 两项余 ( 题 2 分 10 分 )
A ： Morning Kate
B ： Morning Zhang Ya
A ： ________ 41
B ： I read a book
A ： ________ 42
B ： TinyTimes 1
A ： Wow ________ 43
B ： Yes The writer Guo Jingming is my favourite Chinese writer
A ： You＇re right And he made a movie called TinyTimes 1 in 2013
B ： I know ________ 44
A ： I read TinyTimes 2 and TinyTimes 3 They are also wonderful
B ： ________ 45 I think I will love them
A ： It is very popular
B ： When was he born
C ： I bought them from the bookshop yesterday
D ： What did you do last night
E ： Did he marry
F ： I watched it and I loved it very much
G ： What kind of book did you read
六求完成句子 ( 题 1 分 10 分 )
A) 根句意首字母提示写出正确单词
46 They are b ________ a big house near the park
47 Christmas is o n D ________ 25th
48 Shakespeare d ________ at the age of fifty two
49 Only the r ________ people had cellphones in the early 1980s
50 Yuan Longping is a s ________ scientist
B) 根汉语完成句子
51 贝蒂爷爷生活贝蒂生活
Betty＇s grandfather＇s life was ________ ________ Betty＇s
52 应该互相学
We should ________ ________ each other
53 八岁时候骑行车学？
Did you ride a bike to school ________ ________ ________ ________ eight
54 19 世纪 60 年代什流行？
What was the most popular ___ _____ ________ ________ ？
55 离开帐篷 开始走入森林
He ________ the tent and ________ ________ ________ into the forest
七书面表达 (30 分 )
根面提供关海伦 · 凯勒历解 写篇关英语文章 80 词左右提示：
6 months old—can say a few words
19 months old—be badly ill can＇t see hear or ta lk
6 years old—have a teacher learn to read through her hands
grow up—become a writer the first book— TheStoryofMyLife
________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________ _________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
___________________________ _____________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________ ___________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
_ _______________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________ __________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
Module 9 关测试
1 B 2 B
3 D 点拨： learn about 意 解
4 A 点拨： as well as 符合语境
5 C
6 C 点拨： be worth doing 值干某事
7 A 8 B
9 C 点拨： Women＇s Day 意：妇女节
10 D 点拨：题词义辨析法 got 获 were changed 改变 became 变成句意知选 D
11 C 12 C 13 D 14 B
15 A 点拨： last year 知句时态般时 teach 式 taught
二 16 C 点拨： be born 出生
17 A 点拨： at the age of …… 岁时
18 B 点拨： work as 做 …… 工作
19 C 点拨：半句学文学专业知更爱文学
20 D 21 D
22 B 点拨：段第句 Chi wrote many works full of love 知选择写作专业
23 D 24 C 25 A
26 A 点拨： a great honor 高荣誉
27 C 点拨：代文中 LifeShow 单数形式 it
28 B
29 C 点拨：表示两句意思转折 but 选 C
30 A
三 31 B 点拨：细节理解题两岁孩子表达清通文知孩表述 妈妈病
32 C 点拨：细节理解题通第段中 They couldn＇t believe their eyes 相信眼睛 推知警察惊讶
33 A 点拨：细节理解题通 They broke the door open 知破门入选项 A 意义相符
34 B 点拨：逻辑推理题根 I tried to teach her how to call 911 知拨 911 电话
35 B 点拨：纳概括题观全文：文章讲述 2 岁女孩拨 911 电话救母事前女孩没学会拨电话母亲爱创造奇迹
四 36 There were a lot of lots of many trees flowers and birds in his garden
37 The children (in the village)
38 春天花园里安静寒冷积雪
39 C 40 Yes Yes it is
五 41—45 DGAFC
六 A ) 46 building 47 December 48 died
49 rich 50 successful
B ) 51 different from 52 learn from
53 at the age of 54 in the 1860s
55 left began to walk
七范文：
Helen Keller was a very famous writer She was clever when __ she __ was __ young She could say a few words when she was six months old But when she was 19 months old she was badly ill and after that she could not see hear or talk Luckily she had a good teacher at __ the __ age __ of six She learned to read through her hands Then when she grew up she became a writer Her first book was TheStoryofMyLife
Her story encourages people around the world
点评：文运 三段法 介绍海伦 · 凯勒生文章开头 head 引出物 ——Helen Keller 文章体 body 详细介绍生重事件 文章结尾 end 总结影响 —— 鼓舞世
添彩点：时间状语句 when she was young 连接词 after then 等运 文章时间序序展开 恰运模块学词汇短语 famous become at the age of 等等体现灵活贯通学致力
Module 10 关测试
限时： 60 分钟 满分： 100 分
题号
二
三
四
五
六
七
总分
分
单项选择 ( 题 1 分 15 分 )
1 They arrived ________ Shanghai ________ a cold morning
A in in B in on
C at on D at in
2 The shop ________ nice shoes Let＇s go and ________ a pair
A sells sell B sells buy
C buys sell D buys buy
3 I＇m sure it won＇t ________ you a lot of time to finish the work
A spend B cost
C pay D take
4 All of us enjoy living in Qingdao ________
A a lot of B lots of
C a lots D a lot
5 The boy was ________ at the ________ film
A excited excited B exciting exciting
C excited exciting D exciting excited
6 Would you like to do some ______ __ with me
A shop B shoping
C shopping D shopped
7 He gave us ________ good news We were all happy
A so B such
C such a D so a
8 Please remember some rules in the museum ________ don＇t touch anything Second don＇t make any noise
A Fi rst of all B By the way
C In fact D So far
9 When Liu Fang was ________ holiday she visited her grandparents
A at B of
C in D on
10 —________ did the 6th Chinese Film Festival in France last
—From May 24th to July 19th
A How often B How soon
C How long D How many
11 —When will Mr Green ________ Beijing
—In a week
A reach B get
C arrive D come
12 —________ did you pay for the CD
—Only nine dollars
A How many B How much
C How long D How often
13 —It＇s too late I have to go now
—Oh it＇s raining heavily outside You＇d better wait here ________ it stops
A until B since
C while D though
14 Last Tuesday morning we ________at home
A relax B relaxes
C relaxed D relaxing
15 —________ ？
—It＇s August 11th
A What day is it today B What time is it
C When is it D What＇s the date today
二完形填空 ( 题 2 分 20 分 )
Jack ________ 16 in a small town in England He always stayed in England ________ 17 his holidays but last year he thought I＇ve never been to ________ 18 countries All my friends went to Spain ________ 19 they liked it very much so this year I＇m going there too So he got on a ________ 20 to Spain and ________ 21 at the airport of the capital Madrid and he stayed in a hotel for a few days On the first morning he went ________ 22 for a walk In England people drive on the left but in Spain they drive on the right Jack forgot about this and ________ 23 he was walking on a busy stree t a bicycle knocked him down
Jack ________ 24 on the ground for a few minutes and then he sat up and said Where am I ？
Just then an old man selling maps went past him When he heard Jack＇s words he said to him ________ 25 Maps of the city sir ？
16 A flew B lived C went D dropped
17 A for B off C with D into
18 A all B both C other D any
19 A and B but C though D however
20 A bus B plane C train D bike
21 A reached B left C arrived D stayed
22 A down B up C away D out
23 A before B while C since D after
24 A lay B stood C fell D jumped
25 A once B on time C at times D at once
三阅读理解 ( 题 2 分 10 分 )
Last summer Cathy＇sfamily went to New York for their summer holiday It is the largest city in the US They stayed there for two weeks
First they visited the Statue of Liberty It is one of New York＇s most famous historical sites( 历史景点 ) Millions of people visit it every year
On the second day they went to the Empire Stat e Building From the top of the building they saw most parts of New York
On the third day they visited the Metropolitan Museum In this museum they saw a lot of famous paintings
During the rest time of the week Cathy went to Bronx Zoo with her youn ger brother and sister
In the second week the family visited Long Island They all had a good time
26 Cathy＇s family went to ________ for their summer holiday
A New York B London
C Paris D Beijing
27 The underlined wordIt refers to _____ ___
A New York B the US
C Cathy＇s home D New York＇s historical sites
28 How long did Cathy＇s family stay in New York
A Three days B Four days
C One week D Two weeks
29 Cathy＇s family visited ________ on the first day of their summer holiday
A the Statue of Liberty B the Empire State Building
C the Metropolitan Museum D Bronx Zoo
30 ________ Cathy＇s family visited Long Island
A On the first day B In the first week
C On the second day D In the second week
四务型闯关 ( 题 2 分 10 分 )
May 24th
This morning we had a school trip to the Dashan Collection House a building of two floors It is open from 9 ： 00 am to 5 ： 00 pm We got there as soon as it was open When we entered the collection house our eye was caught by a collection of old photos of the town on the walls of the front hall Those photos told us something about the history of the town And then in the art room we saw many pictures of the countryside The colours of the flowers and the trees are rich and br ight All at once I lost myself in the beauty of nature
Then we went upstairs On the left there were over one hundred different clocks The oldest clock was already more than two hundred years old To my surprise the clocks all worked well and they c ould tell the right time It was then ten o＇clock and some clocks produced different beautiful sounds It seemed to be a concert How amazing
On the right there was also a stone collection The stones were from all over the country They were in differen t sizes colours and shapes Some looked like different kinds of animals I really liked one stone that looked like a little monkey It looked very nice
The collections there were wonderful So we stayed there until 11 ： 30 in the morning I had a great t ime and really liked the school trip
根短文容回答问题
31 On which day did the writer have a school trip
________________________________________________________________________
32 Where did the writer go for the school trip
_______________________________ _________________________________________
33 What did the writer see in the art room
________________________________________________________________________
34 How many kinds of collections are mentioned in the passage
________________________________ ________________________________________
35 How long did they stay there
________________________________________________________________________
五方框中单词完成面短文 ( 题 1 分 10 分 )
lights sell manager began was just worked wonderful till arrive
Mr Tang ________ 36 to work in a car company four years ago At first he was ________ 37 a worker Mr Tang ________ 38 very hard in the company Soon the company asked him to ________ 39 cars in Shanghai In the big city Mr Tang worked harder than before He w as always the first man to ________ 40 When others left the ________ 41 in his office were still on
In 2013 there ________ 42 a car show in Shanghai The company asked Mr Tang to have a ________ 43 plan for the car show To get it he worked ________ 44 12 o＇clock every night After his hard work the company was very pleased( 满意 ) with his idea Now Mr Tang is the ________ 45 of the car company in Shanghai
六求完成句子 ( 题 1 分 10 分 )
A) 方框中单词适形式填空
date arrive relax sell palace
46 We went to the Su mmer ________ with our teacher
47 I know today is Monday but I don＇t know what the ________ is
48 We decided to move to the US so we wanted to ________ our old house
49 I feel ________ when I listen to music
50 Lisa ________ at the airport on time
B) 根汉语完成句子
51 猜着？见喜欢歌手
________ ________ ？ I ________my favourite singer
52 昨天叔叔开车送火车站
Yesterday my uncle ________ ________ ________ the railway station
53 天前度次棒海旅
I had a wonderful trip to Shanghai ________ ________ ________ ________
54 年露西爷爷常晚饭散步
Lucy often ________ ________ ________ ________ with her grandfather after dinner last year
55 年夏天女开心？
________ your daughter ________ ________ ________ ________ last s ummer
七书面表达 (25 分 )
七年级生活结束 丰富彩学校活动定留许美回忆根图表提示 选择次喜欢活动进行描述 ( 青岛改编 )
容包括：
1 次活动程
2 收获感受
求：
1 词数： 80 ～ 100 开头已出 计入总词数
2 文中出现真实校名名
My school life in Grade 7 is coming to an end I had a lot of sweet memories
_________ _______________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________ __________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________ ___________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
Module 10 关测试
1 B 点拨：题寻找题眼法解答 arrive 点应接介词 in 寒冷早晨 介词 on
2 B
3 D 点拨： It takes sb some time to do sth 花费某时间干某事
4 D 点拨： a lot 意：非常常修饰动词
5 C 点拨：题词义辨析法 excited 常修饰 exciting 常修饰物选 C
6 C 点拨： do some shopping 固定搭配
7 B 点拨：题语法分析法 news 数名词前应 such 修饰
8 A 9 D 10 C 11 A
12 B 点拨：题寻找 题眼法解答根答语中 dollars 美元 知询问 少钱 选 B
13 A 点拨：题词义辨析法 until 直 …… 止 since while …… 时 though 哦 外面正雨 推知 空格句句意：等雨停选 A
14 C 15 D
二 16 B 点拨：根句意知杰克住英格兰镇选项符合逻辑选 B
17 A 点拨：总呆英格兰度假
18 C 点拨：根短文容知未国家 o ther
19 A 点拨：结合前文知朋友西班牙喜欢表示承关系
20 B 点拨：文中 airport 出杰克登西班牙飞机选 B
21 C 点拨： arrive at 点 reach 物动词 at
22 D
23 B 点拨：根容 繁忙街走时辆行车撞倒 知答案
24 A 点拨：句意：杰克躺分钟然坐起说： ？
25 D
三 26 A 点拨：细节理解题第段第句 Last summer Cathy＇s family went to New York for their summer holiday 知 Cathy 家暑假纽约
27 A 点拨：逻辑推理题文描述知 It 里指纽约市
28 D 点拨：细节理解题第段句 They stayed there for two weeks 知 Cathy 家纽约呆两周
29 A 点拨：细节理解题第二段第句 First th ey visited the Statue of Liberty 知第天 Cathy 家参观女神
30 D 点拨：细节理解题段第句 In the second week the family visited Long Island 知第二周 Cathy 家参观长岛
四 31 On May 24th
32 The writer went to the Dashan Collection House
33 The writer saw many pict ures of the countryside
34 There are four kinds
35 For two and a half hours
五 36 began 37 just 38 worked
39 sell 40 arrive 41 lights 42 was
43 wonderful 44 till 45 manager
六 A ) 46 Palace 47 date 48 sell
49 relaxed 50 arrived
B ) 51 Gue ss what met 52 drove us to
53 a few days ago 54 went for a walk
55 Did have a good time
七范文：
My school life in Grade 7 is coming to an end I had a lot of sweet memories
Among __ them __ what __ I __ remember __ most __ was __ the __ school __ trip __ which __ I __ took __ with __ my __ classmates
We went to a hill on a spring afternoon The weather was warm and fine On the way we walked laughing __ and __ singing And we were excited to see many beautiful flowers and some lovely animals When we got there we took __ lots __ of _ _ photos and then cooked lunch We had fun
It was really a wonderful trip How __ happy __ we __ were
点评：文运 5W1F 法 写游记类作文 5W who ( I my classmates ) where ( a hill ) when ( on a spring afternoon ) what ( walked we were excited to see took lots of photos cooked lunch ) weather ( warm and fine ) 1F feelings ( wonderful happy )
添彩点：巧妙运模块学词汇短语 excited wonderful take lots of photos 等 词灵活恰 做活学活第二段第句含定语句复杂句 laughing and singing 现分词作伴状语 How happy we were 感叹句系列高级结构句式运 文章容 充实 语言优美 行文然流畅落俗套
Module 11 关测试
限时： 60 分钟 满分： 100 分
题号
二
三
四
五
六
七
总分
分
单项选择 ( 题 1 分 15 分 )
1 When you go to a party for ________ first time you should arrive there on ________ time
A B the the
C the D the
2 Sam say goodbye ________ your grandparents
A in B on
C to D of
3 We often walk arm ________ arm when we go to school
A on B in
C at D to
4 It is polite ________ somewhere else in some places
A look B looked
C looks D to look
5 Jack can you help me ________ the chair to the other side
A nod B move
C touch D wave
6 —Do you mind my sitting here
—No ________
A thanks B please don＇t sit here
C not at all D go away
7 ________ late for the meeting It＇s impolite
A No B Not
C Don＇t D Don＇t be
8 —Mike don＇t make so much noise It＇s too late
—________ I＇ll go to bed right now
A Not bad B You＇d better not
C Yes I will D Sorry I won＇t
9 In the US some people shake ________ when they meet
A hands B hand
C a hand D
10 —Must I ________ my camera Mary
—No you ________ Don＇t worry I＇ll take one myself
A bring can＇t B take mustn＇t
C take needn＇t D bring shouldn＇t
11 There are some ________ in the shop and they want to buy som e Chinese products
A Germans B Indian
C American D Englishman
12 My computer is different ________ yours but it is the same ________ hers
A from from B as as
C from as D as from
13 She is very ________ and everybody likes her very much
A rude B polite
C quicker D slowly
14 I hid my bag ________ in my bedroom But now I can＇t find it
A somewhere B anywhere
C everywhere D nowhere
15 —What＇s the best way ________ English
—Try to speak English as much as possible
A to lea rn B learn
C learning D learns
二完形填空 ( 题 1 分 15 分 )
It is said that eyes can speak Do you have such kind of ________ 16 ？ In a bus you may look ________ 17 a stranger but not too ________ 18 If he notices that he is being looked at he may ________ 19 uncomfortable It is ________ 20 same in daily life
When you are looked at for several more ________ 21 you will look ________ 22 up and down in order to ________ 23 if there is anything wrong with you If ________ 24 goes wrong you will feel angry with th e person who is looking at you ________ 25 can speak right
Looking too long at someone may seem to be impolite But sometimes things are ________ 26 If you wish to draw someone＇s ________ 27 you may look at him or her more than ten seconds For lovers t hey enjoy ________ 28 at each other longer to show the love that words cannot ________ 29 Clearly eye communication should be done according to the relationship ________ 30 the two people and the certain situation
16 A future B fear C experience D ex ercise
17 A on B for C in D at
18 A late B long C low D loud
19 A feel B smell C sound D taste
20 A a B an C the D
21 A time B times C a time D some time
22 A itself B himself C myself D yourself
23 A see B guess C hear D expect
24 A something B nothing C everything D anything
25 A Ears B Eyes C Mouth D Nose
26 A different B difficult C tiring D boring
27 A direction B lesson C attention D trouble
28 A look B to look C looking D looks
29 A writ e B print C read D express
30 A among B between C beside D near
三阅读理解 ( 题 2 分 10 分 )
A greeting is a way of sayingHelloto someone People in different countries greet each other in different ways Here are some
World Greetings
the
Philippines
The everyday greeting for friends is a handshake for both men and women Men sometimes pat each other on the back
Japan
When people meet for the first time they usually bow In business people also shake hands
In formal situations people often exchange business cards When you give a business card give it with two hands This is polite Special note ： In Japan a smile can have different meanings It usually means that the person is happy or that the person thi nks something is funny But it can also mean that the person is embarrassed
New
Zealand
Usually both men and women shake hands when they meet someone for the first time Fun fact ： If you see two people pressing their noses together they are probably Ma ori people The Maori people are the native people of New Zealand This is their traditional greeting
Brazil
Men often shake hands when they meet for the first time
When women meet they kiss each other on the cheek Women also kiss male friends to sa y hello
When you shake hands look at the person in the eyes This shows interest and friendliness
31 In which country do men sometimes pat each other on the back
A The Philippines B Brazil
C Japan D New Zealand
32 In this passage which of the following is NOT mentioned
A Kisses B Nodding
C Bows D Handshakes
33 Of the five pictures above(a b c d and e) which is the same way to greet each other in the four countries
A a B b
C c D d
34 Which of the following is true according to the passage
A Both men and women shake hands in Brazil when they meet
B Japanese won＇t smile until they feel very happy
C The Maori people often press their noses together to greet each other
D In the Philippines people sha ke hands only when they meet for the first time
35 What does the writer mainly want to tell us in the passage
A Different ways of greetings B Four countries
C Some fun facts D Some special notes
四务型阅读 ( 题 2 分 10 分 )
When I was a boy I didn＇t have any hair on my head So I was very shy I liked to watch my friends play in the park Sometimes I would join them but most of the time I just watched them play
Every day we would see an old man walking in the park He had big ears and no hair We thought he was dumb( 哑 ) Every time when my friends saw him they would say loudly Hey Mr Dumb what＇s the time ？ But they got no answer or even any sign of body language
One early evening I was standing outside my house and I saw the old man coming I was not with any of my friends and there were no other kids around to say the usual words of greeting
But how could I let the old man walk by without saying anything ？ So for the first time I asked Hey Mr Dumb what＇s the time ？
The old man looked at me Then he looked at his watch and answered It＇s six thirty I ran into my house and never said that greetingto the old man after that day
根短文容回答问题
36 What did the writer look like when he was a boy
________________________________________________________________________
37 Did the old man answer the children＇s questions with body language
________________________________________________________________________
38 Why didn＇t the old man answer the children＇s questions
________________________________________________________________________
39 Where did the boy himself meet the old man
________________________________________________________________________
40 From the last sentence how do you gu ess the boy may feel
________________________________________________________________________
五补全话 ( 题 2 分 10 分 )
W ： Tom I have some questions about your country Canada
M ： Okay ________ 41
W ： What do you usually do when you meet someone for the first tim e
M ： ________ 42
W ： How about time ？ For example when a party is at eight o＇clock do you get there at seven forty five
M ： No we can arrive about fifteen minutes late
W ： OK ________ 43
M ： Oh no For a business meeting you must make sure you＇re on time
W ： M m I heard that it＇s rude to make noise when eating Is that true
M ： Yes it is ________ 44
W ： One more question Will you take a gift when you visit anyone
M ： Yes it＇s polite to take some flowers
W ： ________ 45
A Thanks
B We shouldn＇t do it
C We usually shake hands
D What do you want to know
E Is it the same for business meetings
六求完成句子 ( 题 1 分 10 分 )
A) 括号中词适形式完成句子
46 Be ________(carefully) with the knife Tom
47 Everyone needs ________(person) space from time to time
48 ________(German) is a European country and it＇s very beautiful
49 This baby＇s ________(foot) are big
50 The little girl is very kind and she always talks to people ________(polite)
B) 根汉语完成句子
51 见老师时 应该鞠躬
You should ________ ________ tea chers when you meet them
52 窗户站着危险
Don＇t stand ________ ________ the window It＇s dangerous
53 相互学提高英语
They learn from ________ ________ to improve their English
54 孩子手放起玩游戏
Children ________ their hands ________ to play games
55 实 点喜欢古典音乐
________ ________ I don＇t like classical music ________ ________
七书面表达 (30 分 )
假设李伟 美国网友 Mike 想解中国肢体语言方面俗请根面提示容 写封电子邮件 解答 Mike 疑问少 80 词
提示容：
① 第次见时候微笑 握手
② 说话时候离太果太 会觉舒服
③ 长时间注视
____ ____________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
Module 11 关测试
1 D 2 C
3 B 点拨：题固定搭配法 arm in arm 固定搭配意 臂挽臂
4 D 点拨： It is polite to do sth 做某事礼貌
5 B 点拨：题正确握语境法 nod 点头 move 移动 touch 触摸 wave 挥手
6 C
7 D 点拨：祈句否定形式需动词前加 Don＇t
8 D 9 A
10 C 点拨： must 引导般疑问句否定回答 needn＇t take 带走 符合语境
11 A 12 C 13 B 14 A
15 A 点拨：动词定式作置定语修饰前面名词
二 16 C 17 D 18 B 19 A 20 C
21 B 22 D 23 A 24 B 25 B
26 A 27 C 28 C 29 D 30 B
三 31 A 点拨：细节理解题 the Philippines 应描述中提 Men sometimes pat each other on the back 知答案
32 B 点拨：细节理解题文中没提点头选 B
33 A 点拨：较辨题较四国家礼节描述提 握手 选 A
34 C 点拨：细节理解题 New Zealand 中应 If you see two people pressing their noses together they are probably Maori people 知选 C
35 A 点拨：旨意题文中讲问候方式选 A
四 36 He didn＇t have any hair on his head
37 No he didn＇t
38 Because he thought the children were rude
39 Outside the boy＇s house
40 He may feel sorry
五 41 － 45 DCEBA
六 A ) 46 careful 47 personal 48 Germany
49 feet 50 politely
B ) 51 bow to 52 close to 53 each other
54 put together 55 In fact at all
七范文：
Dear Mike
How＇s __ everything __ going You are interested in Chinese cus toms about body language aren＇t you Some of the customs are __ the __ same but some of them are __ different __ from those in the West
In China when we meet others for the first time we usually smile and shake __ hands with them When we talk with them we don＇t stand too close __ to them If you stand too close to them that may make __ them __ feel uncomfortable Remember __ not __ to stare at them all the time That __ is __ the __ most __ important __ thing __ you __ should __ know
I＇m looking forward to seeing you in China
Yours
Li Wei
点评：文运 三步法 介绍风俗惯 1 总体介绍 ( 第段 ) 2 分细节介绍 ( 第二段 ) 3 祝福期收尾 ( 第三段 )
添彩点： How＇s everything going ？表明作者信件写作较熟练 be the same be different from 等短语体现作者较语言运力 整第二段中作者模块学知识点运恰分短语 shake hands close to 等尤 make sb do sth rememb er not to do sth 更体现出作者深厚英语语言功底
Module 12 关测试
限时： 60 分钟 满分： 100 分
题号
二
三
四
五
六
七
总分
分
单项选择 ( 题 1 分 15 分 )
1 What________her________ ？
A make sad B makes sadly
C made sad D made sadly
2 —We all like Miss Wang
—I agree with you She always makes her English classes________
A lively B living
C alive D live
3 This cake tastes so nice Can I have________ one
A another B the other
C other D others
4 —Which city would you like to live in Beijing or Shanghai
—________ I＇d like to choose Kunming
A Either B Both
C Neither D None
5 Neither my father nor my mother ________rock music They think it＇s too ________
A like noisy B likes noise
C like noise D likes noisy
6 Beethoven wrote many beautiful ________in his life
A piece of music B pieces of musics
C pieces of music D piece of musics
7 ________ bad day It＇s raining hard We have to stay at home
A How a B What a
C How D What
8 Rock and roll is a type of ________music
A classical B modern
C rap D traditional
9 I＇m tired I want to take________
A a break B a breaks
C an breaking D an break
10 My cousin wants to be a ________ like Lang Lang Because he likes playing the piano too
A player B waiter
C musician D teacher
11 —He doesn＇t speak English or Japanese ________ ？
—________ He speaks Chinese
A does he Yes he doesn＇t B doesn＇t he No he does
C does he No he doesn＇t D does he Yes he does
12 Please keep quiet If you make a lot of________ the others can＇t hear me clearly
A music B voice
C sound D noise
13 The Huangpu River goes________Shanghai
A over B across
C through D past
14 Not only I but also Lucy ________ classical music
A enjoy B enjoys
C to enjoy D enjoying
15 My uncle showed __ me __ around Beijing yesterday
A brought me in B took me in
C brought me up D took me around
二完形填空 ( 题 2 分 20 分 )
Who is that That＇s Zhang Haochen He is one of the greatest young ________ 16 in China
Zhang Haochen was born on June 3 1990 in Shanghai He showed his ________ 17 talent when he was only a small boy He ________ 18 the first music show in Shanghai Concert Hall at the ________ 19 of five In 2002 he took part ________ 20 the 4th Tchaikovsky( 柴夫斯基 ) International Youngsters Music Competition He became the ________ 21 piano player who won first prize in the history of the competition In 2004 he took part in the 5th Asian Internati onal Chopin( 肖邦 ) Piano Competition in Japan and won the gold ________ 22 In 2005 Zhang Haochen went to ________ 23 at the well known Curtis Institute of Music ( 柯蒂斯音乐学院 ) in America His teacher is Gary Graffman Mr Graffman is also the teacher of the _____ ___ 24 musician Lang Lang
In 2009 Zhang Haochen won the gold prize at the world ________ 25 piano competition—Van Cliburn International Piano Competition in the United States The 19 year old boy was the youngest piano player in the competition and he was also the first Chinese to win this prize
16 A singers B writers C artists D pianists
17 A memory B music C singing D drawing
18 A gave B made C had D found
19 A age B year C end D beginning
20 A at B in C for D to
21 A richest B poorest C youngest D oldest
22 A prize B ring C photo D chain
23 A spend B develop C improve D study
24 A good B famous C foreign D favourite
25 A bright B safe C top D public
三阅读理解 ( 题 2 分 10 分 )
Hip hop dancing( 街舞 ) is popular with many young people today They like it because they can invent their own moves They use this dance to show their love for life It also shows that they feel good about life that they just want to be themselves and enjoy lif e and that they are not afraid of problems
Hip hop dancing has a history of more than 20 years It first began in the 1980s in the US In early times it was seen in New York and Los Angeles At that time many young black people often danced to the mus ic in the streets They used their legs arms heads and even shoulders to dance Many young people still use most of these moves today
Hip hop dancing became popular all over the world because of the 1983 movie Flashdance Some people performed Hip hop dancing new school and old school More and more young people are learning Hip hop dancing People believe that it is a good way to exercise their bodies and that it is good for their health
26 Young people like Hip hop dancing because ________
A i t has a history of more than 20 years
B it first began in the US
C they can invent their own moves
D many young black people often dance it
27 At first Hip hop dancing was seen ________
A in the movies B in the streets
C in the old schools D in t he new schools
28 The young black people used their ________ to dance at that time
A legs B heads
C arms and shoulders D A B and C
29 Hip hop dancing became popular all over the world ________
A in the 1980s B in 1983
C 20 years ago D in early times
30 Which of the following is TRUE about Hip hop dancing
A It＇s not a good way to exercise
B It shows that young people feel bad about life
C Young people use this dance to show their love for life
D It shows that young people are afraid of problems
四务型阅读 ( 题 2 分 10 分 )
Have you seen the videos on TV ？ Do you wear large T shirts and baggy jeans ？ Or have you heard someone rap ？ Hip hop is very hot now
Hip hop was created during the early 1970s by Afric an Americans in New York The rap music break dancing( 霹雳舞 ) graffiti( 涂鸦 ) art and some other things make up Western hip hop culture Most of the hip hop songs are about love jobs or even games
Usually in rap singers speak words very quickly to a certain beat Most of the words are fun Singers use words to make fun of themselves or others Hip hop has few rules Singers just do what they think and rap it out in a clever or creative( 创造性 )way It makes a lot of teenagers fall in love with hip hop Many of t hem like wearing large T shirts and baggy jeans Famous rap and hip hop stars include Eminem in the US and Jay Chou in China
Today hip hop is more and more popular across most of the world
根短文容简回答列问题
31 Is hip hop very hot now
_________________ _______________________________________________________
32 When was hip hop created
________________________________________________________________________
33 What are most of the hip hop songs about
___________________________________________________ _____________________
34 Does hip hop have many rules or few rules
________________________________________________________________________
35 Why do a lot of teenagers fall in love with hip hop
_________________________________________________________ _______________
五补全话 ( 题 2 分 10 分 )
A Hi Wang Yu Do you know SingMySong ( 中国歌曲 )
B Yes I watch it every Friday evening ________ 36
A What do you think of the pieces of music
B ： ________ 37
A The songs are different because they are original ( 原创 )
B Yes ________ 38
A I like him too His original song Juanzhulian is very famous
B Yes ________ 39
A Haha My family are all his fans
B I like his words Make my own music
A ： ________ 40
B Good luck to him
A And the singer Huo Zun is my favourite
B It is very popular in China
C I believe he will be a great composer and singer
D Many students in our class are his fans
E Really wonderful
六求完成句子 ( 题 1 分 10 分 )
A) 括号中单词适形式完成句子
41 Mozart was one of the most important________(compose)
42 Mid Autumn Day is a____________(tradition)festival( 节日 )
43 The two________(Germany)are his foreign friends
44 Many____________(music) are playing the piano in the hall
45 He is from Germany He likes __________(west) music
B) 根汉语完成句子
46 华尔兹舞曲全欧洲出名
His waltzes made him famous ________ ________ Europe
47 李磊吉姆坐公汽车学
________ Li Lei ________ Jim go to school by bus
48 点喜欢篮球
She________like playing basketball________ ________
49 喜欢听舞曲
He enjoys listening to ________ ________
50 离开时告礼貌
It＇s________to________ ________ ________others when you leave
七书面表达 (25 分 )
假王飞名中学生爱听音乐节目请某音乐节目持写封 80 词左右信信容：
① 喜欢节目尤 (especially) 英文歌曲
② 疲劳时会开收音机听节目
③ 通听英文歌曲学会单词
④ 喜欢听 Whydidyouleaveme ？首歌希歌词 (words of the song)
________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________ ____________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
Module 12 关测试
1 C 2 A
3 A 点拨：句意：块蛋糕尝起吃吃块？ another 符合语境
4 C 5 D 6 C 7 B 8 B 9 A
10 C 点拨：题寻找题眼法解答根面 piano 知 C 关
11 C
12 D 点拨：题词义辨析法 music 音乐 voice 嗓音 sound 声音 noise 噪音 make noise 制造噪音选 D
13 C 14 B
15 D 点拨： show sb around ＝ take sb around 领某四处参观
二 16 D 点拨：文知张昊辰位年轻钢琴家选 pianists
17 B 点拨： 钢琴音乐关处指张昊辰时候表现出非音乐天赋
18 A 点拨： give a music show 意 进行次音乐表演
19 A 点拨： 文 five 知处短语 at the age of ＋年龄
20 B 点拨： take part in 意 参加
21 C 点拨： 联系文难出张昊辰位非常年轻钢琴家题应选 youngest
22 A 点拨：文 In 2004 he took part in the 5 th Asian International Chopin( 肖邦 )Piano Competition in Japan 知参加日举行钢琴赛赢金奖
23 D 点拨：文 the well known Curtis Institute of Music( 柯蒂斯音乐学院 ) 知张昊辰 2005 年柯蒂斯音乐学院学
24 B 点拨：根常识知郎朗国著名青年钢琴家 famous
25 C 点拨： 文 he was also the fi rst Chinese to win this prize 难推测出范 · 克莱国际钢琴赛项国际顶级赛选 top
三 26 C 27 B 28 D 29 B 30 C
四 31 Yes it is
32 During the early 1970s
33 Love jobs or even games
34 Few rules
35 Because singers just do what they think and rap it out in a clever or creative way
五 36—40 BEADC
六 A ) 41 composers 点拨：题干中出现 one of 面名词应复数
42 traditional 43 Germans 44 musicians 45 Western
B ) 46 all over 47 Both and
48 doesn＇t at all 49 dance music
50 polite say goodbye to
七范文：
Dear sir
I＇m a middle school student I always listen to your radio programme I like it very much especially the English songs
As a student I＇ m __ busy __ with my lessons When I feel tired I will turn __ on the radio and listen __ to your programme I＇ve also learne d many English words from those songs
Of all the English songs I like Whydidyouleaveme best Would __ you __ please send me the words of the song
Yours
Wang Fei
点评：文运 总分总法 描述英语歌曲第段 ( 确定题：英语歌 ) 起总领作 第二段细节方面描述英语歌重性 段结尾处重点表达中某首歌喜爱
添彩点：第 段中副词 always especially 作者音乐节目尤英文歌喜爱描述淋漓致第二段中较短语 (be busy with turn on listen to learn from) 文章增色少第三段中句型 Would you please ？运句型作者礼貌提出求语言非常位体现作者较语言功底
第二学期期末 测试卷
时间： 1 2 0 分钟 满分： 120 分
第Ⅰ卷 听力部分 (25 分 )
Ⅰ 听句子选择佳答语 ( 题 1 分 5 分 )
1 ASure B I＇d love to C Thanks
2 AGreat B Yes I am C No it isn＇t
3 AYes I study hard B No I don＇t study hard C I study by working with a group
4 AI think so
B Don＇t worryYou＇ll be successful if you keep on it
C Yes you do
5 ANo I＇m not B Yes I do C I don＇t know
Ⅱ 听话问题选择正确答案 ( 题 1 分 5 分 )
6 AOn foot B By bike C By bus
7 A70 dollars B 17 dollars C 7 dollars
8 AOn May Day B On Father＇s Day C On Mother＇s Day
9 AThe man＇s uncle B The man C Nobody
10 APlaying the piano B Playing football C Playing basketball
Ⅲ 听话选择正确答案 ( 题 1 分 5 分 )
听第段话回答第 11 ～ 12 题
11 When will the party take place
A Last Sunday B Next Sunday C This Sunday
12 Will the man come to the party
A Yes he will B No he won＇t C We don＇t know
听第二段话回答第 13 ～ 15 题
13 What did the man do at the weekend
A He watched a film B He stayed at home C He watched TV
14 Where did the man have his lunch at the weekend
A At home B At the school dining hall C In a restaurant
15 What happened to the woman
A Her bike was broken B She fell off her bike C Her arms ached
Ⅳ 听短文选择正确答案 ( 题 2 分 10 分 )
16 ________often ask Where are you going ？ when two friends meet in the street
A Americans B Japanese C Chinese
17 How will Americans feel if you ask them Where are you going ？
A They＇ll feel happy B They＇ll feel surprised( 惊讶 ) C They＇ll feel excited
18 What does the question Have you had your meal ？ mean in Americans＇ eyes
A They think it is an invitation ( 邀请 )
B They think it is a greeting
C They think it is an introduction
19 Which of the following will NOT be used as a greeting in America
A How are you B Hello C How old are you
20 What does the speaker mainly want to tell us
A More foreign languages should be learnt
B Different countries have different customs ( 风俗 )
C Some questions can only be asked by the police
第 Ⅱ 卷 笔试部分 (95 分 )
Ⅴ 单项选择 ( 题 1 分 10 分 )
21 Every evening my daughter plays ________ piano for an hour
A the B a
C D an
22 —Which would you like to read paper books or e books
—My parents only allow me to read paper booksThey________my eyes
A talk about B hear about
C learn about D worry about
23 ―________ gloves are these ―SorryI don＇t know
A Who B Whom
C Whose D Who＇s
24 Old Mr Black lives happily with his three dogs________ of them are part of his family
A Both B All
C Every D Else
25 —When ________ you ________ this book
—Last year
A did write B did wrote
C d o write D do wrote
26 He likes Donald Duck a lot so he is looking forward to ________ in Disneyland
A has a picnic B going sightseeing
C do some sightseeing D watches TV
27 I was angry with Tina because she said________ about me
A something personal B anything personal
C personal something D personal anything
28 ________ his partner ________ he has been to Paris so they know Paris well
A Neither nor B Not only but also
C Either or D Both and
29 —Was there a school in the village before ？ —________
A Yes it was B Yes there was
C No there was D Yes there wasn＇t
30 —________fine weather it is
—YesLook ________ many people are walking around the park
A What So B How So
C How Such D What a So
Ⅵ 完形填空 ( 题 1 分 10 分 )
Do you think of your parents Yes of courseyou may answerMaybe you buy a present for your mother on Mother＇s Day and you give your father __ 31 __ on Father＇s Day tooThen __ 32 __ the other days of the year Always remember to think o f your parents not just __ 33 __ some important days
I have a friendShe lives __ 34 __ because her parents live in another cityOne day I went to visit herWe had a nice chatThen she wanted to __ 35 __ a telephone callShe dialed the number but then she pu t the phone downAfter about ten __ 36 __ she dialed the number againHi Mum
Later I asked Why did you dial the number __ 37 __ ？ She smiledBecause my parents are oldThey can＇t get close to the telephone __ 38 __ I always do so when I call themI ju st give them enough __ 39 __ to answer the call
My friend is a good girlShe is always thinking of her parentsWhat do you think of this I think we should do some small things for our parents and make them __ 40 __ every day
31 Ait B one C this D that
32 Ahow about B how often C how much D how long
33 Aby B with C on D of
34 Alonely B happily C sadly D alone
35 Atake B make C play D buy
36 Ahours B months C seconds D days
37 Aonce B twice C three times D four times
38 Aquickly B slowly C quietly D hardly
39 Amoney B food C room D time
40 Aplease B pleasure C pleasant D pleased
Ⅶ 阅读理解 ( 题 2 分 30 分 )
A
Dear Jack
How are you I know you will come to my city to visit me next SundayLet me tell you the way to my houseWhen you walk out of the airport go down Long StreetYou will pass a bank on your rightThe bank is opposite a famous theatreGo on and cross White Street and Black StreetWhen you see a big supermarket turn leftThen go down High Street and tur n right at Sunshine ParkGo down Centre Street and you will go past a church and a squareMy house is on your leftIt＇s about 15 minutes＇ walk
I＇m looking forward to seeing you soon and I hope you＇ll have a good trip
Yours
Michael
41 Jack will meet Mi chael ________
A this Sunday B this Monday
C next Sunday D next Monday
42 Jack may ________ to Michael＇s house after he walks out of the airport
A ride a bike B walk
C take a bus D fly
43 The underlined word pass means ________ in Chinese
A 传递 B 错
C 进入 D
44 Where is the bank
A It is next to a church B It is opposite a theatre
C It is in front of a supermarket D It is between the airport and a theatre
45 How many streets are mentioned ( 提 ) in the letter
A Three B Four
C Five D Six
B
Once upon a time a cat and a mouse were good friendsThey lived a happy life in the same houseOne day they went to the market and bought a big piece of cheeseThey put it under a tree for winter
A few days later the mouse wanted to eat the cheeseHe told the cat that he had to go to a baby＇s birthday party and then leftThe mouse ate half of the cheese and returned homeWhen the cat asked him what the baby＇s name was the mouse said Half gone
After a few days the mouse wanted some cheese againHe told the cat he had to go to another baby＇s birthday partyHe finished the other half and told the cat the baby was called All gone
When winter came the cat went to the tree to get the cheeseBut he found nothingFrom then on mice and cats were not friends any more
46 Where did they get the cheese
A At the party B At the market
C In the museum D In the house
47 Where did they put the cheese
A Behind a tree B Under a tree
C Behind a bed D Under a bed
48 Who ate the cheese
A The mouse B The cat
C The cat and the mouse D We don＇t know
49 The underlined word another means ________
A after something else
B things or people in a group
C something belonging to ( 属 ) a man
D one more person or thing of the same type ( 类型 )
50 What can you learn from the passage
A The mouse thought the cat was stupid
B The mouse didn＇t like the cat at first
C The mouse didn＇t think the cat loved cheese
D The mouse didn＇t go to any birthday pa rties
C
Tom was eight years oldHe was a good boy but he could not get up earlyHe slept until nine or ten o＇clock in the morningHe was often late for school
Tom＇s mother didn＇t want him to be late for school so she bought him an alarm clock ( 闹钟 ) She said to Tom You must get up when you hear the clock ring
Yes Mum said TomAfter that Tom got up at seven thirty when he heard the clock ring
One day his mother forgot to make the clock get ready to ringAnd the next morning Tom didn＇t get up at seven thirtyIt was time for breakfastMother went to see himTom was in bed and his eyes were open
Why didn＇t you get up ？ Mother was angry
You told me to get up when I heard the clock ring so I am waiting for the bell
51 Tom was a________
A teac her B student
C worker D doctor
52 Tom＇s mother bought him a clock because________
A he couldn＇t get up on time B it was very beautiful
C it was Tom＇s birthday that day D he liked it very much
53 The clock rang at________
A 6 ： 30 B 7 ： 00
C 7 ： 30 D 8 ： 00
54 What happened that day
A The clock was broken B Tom was ill
C The clock didn＇t ring D Tom got up early
55 Tom didn＇t get up on time that day because he________
A was waiting for the bell to ring in bed B didn＇t want to go to school
C didn＇t want to have breakfast D forgot to go to school
Ⅷ 务型阅读 ( 题 2 分 10 分 )
Mr Black is going to give a ① ________ party for BettyBetty is his daughter
② Betty is going to be fifteen years oldBetty has many good friends ③ 中 are going to come to the partyThey are all girls
Mr Black is getting ready for the partyMrsBlack is helping himThey are going ④ ________ nowMr Black buys a big and beautiful cake and many fruitsThey are pears oranges apples and bananasThen they go home
It i s three thirty in the afternoonEverything is readyNow the first girl—Mary is comingThe birthday party is going to start in thirty minutes
56 ① 处填适词 ________
57 ② 处句子译成汉语 ______________________________________________________
58 ③ 处句子译成英语 ___ __________________________________________________
59 ④ 处 shop 适形式填空 ________
60 回答： What time does Betty＇s birthday party start
________________________________________________________________________
Ⅸ 方框中词补全短文 ( 题 1 分 10 分 )
shopping for safe supermarket way product takes online receive spend
Computers have come into our lifeThey change our life in many waysHere＇s one of the examples
Who needs a (61)________ if you have Taobao ？ says Wang Lin 28 a writer in Beijing
Taobao China＇s largest (62)________ shopping site( 网购物网站 ) changes the (63)________ of Wang Lin＇s lifeOnline shopping (64)________ her lots of moneyMany people like Wang enjoy the new way of (65)________
Most online shoppers are students or young workersPeople can (66)________more than 250 billion( 十亿 ) yuan on online shopping a year 80 through Taobao
It＇s very (67)________ to shop online nowYou (68)________ the product and pay (69)________ itIf you don＇t like it the shop owner will not get the moneyYou can als o get your money back if you want to return the (70)________
Ⅹ 根句意首字母汉语提示完成单词 ( 题 05 分 25 分 )
71 —How was your trip last weekend
—It was f ________ We had a great time
72 —Can you t ________ us to sing Mr Zhang ？ —Yes I can
73 There are about two ________( 千 ) students in our school
74 You will________( 收 )a nice gift in two days
75 Camels can live for a few days ________( 没 ) water and food in the desert
Ⅺ 根汉语提示完成句子 ( 题 05 分 25 分 )
76 捡起钱包交老师
She ________ ________ the purse on the ground and gave it to the teacher
77 善良乐助
I＇m kind and I＇m always ________ ________ ________ others
78 六岁开始学魔术
He started to learn magic ________ ________ ________ ________ six
79 史密斯先生两年前搬北京
Mr Smith ________ to Beijing ________ _____ ___ ________
80 听年龄礼貌
________ isn＇t ________ ________ ask someone＇s age
Ⅻ 书面表达 (20 分 )
请根提示容写篇英语短文叙述学天活动
点： 1 早晨 8 ： 00 骑行车叔叔农场 8 ： 30 达
2 午参观农场干农活
3 中午野餐
4 午画画钓鱼
5 午 4 ： 30 准备回家
求： 1 容必须包括点适发挥 280 词左右
__________________ ______________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
第二学期期末测试卷
第 Ⅰ 卷 听力部分
听力材料：
Ⅰ 1 Can I ask you some questions
2 Is it easy to listen to English songs
3 How do you study
4 English is too hard I want to give it up
5 Do you think Stephen Hawking is a great man
Ⅱ 6 W How do you usually go to school by bus or by bike
M Wel l I go to school on foot
Q How does the man go to school
7 W I’d like the book How much is it
M It’s seventeen dollars
Q How much is the book
8 W Did you return to your hometown on May Day
M No but I returned on Mother’s Day
Q Whe n did the man return to his hometown
9 W Did your uncle hurt his hand when he was cooking
M No he didn’t But I did
Q Who hurt the hand
10 W What are you good at Jim
M I’m good at playing football but I don’t know how to play the piano
Q What’s Jim good at
Ⅲ M Good afternoon Linda
W Good afternoon Peter
M What are your family going to do this weekend
W My parents are going to see my grandparents My si ster Mary is going to a party
M Can you play football
W No I can’t but I can play tennis
M Would you like to play tennis with me on Saturday afternoon
W Sorry I’d love to but I’m going to see a film with my friends on Saturday afternoon
M W hat a pity
Ⅳ Where are you going ？ is often asked by Chinese when two friends meet in the street But if you ask Americans the same question they will be surprised because they think that where they are going is their own business In their eyes on ly a policeman will ask questions like that in the street
The same thing will happen to Americans if you ask them Have you had your meal ？ In fact to us Chinese such questions do not mean anything but a greeting
In America when two friends meet in the street they will say Hello or How are you ？ They never askWhere are you going ？ or Have you had your meal ？ If two friends meet at mealtime and one asks the other Have you had your meal ？ that means he wants to invite his friend to have a meal with him It’s quite different from what it means in China
The examples above tell us that people in different countries have different customs Now that we are learning foreign languages we must pay great attention to these customs
答案部分：
听力部分：
Ⅰ 1 ～ 5 ACCBB
Ⅱ 6 ～ 10 ABCBB
Ⅲ 11 ～ 15 ： CAABB
Ⅳ 16 ～ 20 CBACB
笔试部分
Ⅴ 21 A 点拨：考查冠词法句意：天早晨女弹时钢琴动词 play 接乐器名称定冠词 the 选 A
22 D
23 C
24 B 点拨：考查代词法 all 意 三者三者 his three dogs 知 家庭成员部分选 B
25 A
26 B 点拨： look forward to 指 期 盼 动词 需－ ing 形式选 B
27 A
28 B 点拨： 句意：考查连词法根 so they know Paris well 推断父母巴黎 根第二设空处面助动词 has 判断该句应短语 not only…but also 该短语连接列语时 谓语动词采取原 选 B
30 A 点拨：考查感叹句 so such 法第句感叹句 根中心词 weather 数名词 知结构： What ＋形容词＋数名词＋语＋谓语 so man ymuchfewlittle 固定搭配选 A
Ⅵ 31 B 点拨：考查代词 one 表示者中 it 指文中事物 thisthat 指文中事情
32 A 点拨：考查疑问词辨析 how about 表示 …… 样？ 句意知特殊节日里父母送礼物外 年中时候父母样选 A
33 C 点拨：考查介词 on 日期前面选 C
34 D 点拨：考查副词辨析 lonely 意 孤独 happily 意 幸福 sadly 意 悲伤 alone 意 独 根半句父母住外城市知独生活城市
35 B 点拨：考查固定短语 make a call 意 电话
36 C 点拨：考查词义辨析句意 约 10 秒钟 (seconds) 次拨通父母电话
37 B 点拨：考查词义辨析根文意知 父母拨两次 选 twice( 两次 )
38 A 点拨：考查副词辨析 quickly 意 快速 根文意 父母年龄 行动快速 选 A
39 D 点拨：考查词义辨析父母足够时间接电话选 D
40 D 点拨：考查词义辨析句意知应该事做起 父母天感快乐 make sb pleased 某高兴选 D
Ⅶ 41 ～ 45 CB DBC
46 ～ 50 BBADD
51 ～ 55 BACCA
Ⅷ 56 birthday 57 Betty 15 岁 58 Some of them
59 shopping 60 At three thirty
Ⅸ 61 supermarket 62 online 63 way 64 takes 65 shopping 66 spend 67 safe 68 receive 69 for 70 products
Ⅹ 71fantastic 72teach 73thousand 74receive 75without
Ⅺ 76picked up 77ready to help 78at the age of 79moved two years ago 80 It polite to
Ⅻ One possible vision ：
Today I went to visit my uncle’s farm with my classmates We started at eight o’clock and went there by bike We arrived there at half past eight In the morning my uncle took us around the farm and we did some farm work At noon we had a picnic near the river After a short rest we drew pictures and went fishing We played happily When it was four thirty in the afternoon we prepared to go back home What a wonderful day today
期 末 测试卷
时间： 120 分钟 满分： 120 分
题号
二
三
四
五
六
七
八
九
十
十
总分
分
听力部分 (20 分 )
听句子选出回答听问题答案 ( 题 1 分 5 分 )
1 ． AYes it＇s blue B ． No it＇s his C ． Yes it is
2 ． ABy car B ． Follow me C ． Thank you
3 ． AYes they will B ． No they don＇t C ． No they didn＇t
4 ． AIn a village B ． In 2008 C ． From 2008 to 2014
5 ． AI have a picnic B ． I went shopping C ． I enjoyed myself
二听五段话根话容选择正确答案 ( 题 1 分 5 分 )
6 ． Where is Cindy going now
A ． To Mr Smith＇s office B ． To the zoo
C ． To the hospital
7 ． What time is it
A ． 12 ： 15 B ． 11 ： 45
C ． 12 ： 45
8 ． How does Jenny l ike her vacation
A ． She can＇t stand it B ． She likes it very much
C ． She doesn＇t mind it
9 ． Whose dictionary is on the floor
A ． Miss Brown＇s B ． Mr Brown＇s
C ． Ms Brown＇s
10 ． When is Halloween in North America
A ． On October 31st B ． On November 13th
C ． On December 25th
三听话选择正确答案 ( 题 1 分 5 分 )
听第段话回答第 11 ～ 12 题
11 ． When is Tony＇s birthday
A ． This Friday B ． Next Monday
C ． Next Friday
12 ． Who will make a birthday cake for Tony＇s birthday
A ． His mother B ． His grandmother
C ． His father
听第二段话回答第 13 ～ 15 题
13 ． What does Jane＇s father do
A ． He is an engineer B ． He is a pilot
C ． He is a scientist
14 ． How can Tony ask Jane＇s father questions
A ． By email B ． By QQ
C ． By phone
15 ． When can Tony ask Jane＇s father questions
A ． At 6 o＇clock in the evening
B ． A t 7 o＇clock in the morning
C ． At 8 o＇clock in the evening
四听短文补全表格中缺信息空词数限 ( 题 1 分 5 分 )
Where did Henry go on holiday ？
To ________ 16
How was the weather in Sydney
It was ________ 17
What did Henry do on the beach ？
He played beach ________ 18
What did Mike do
He was a ________ 19
What animals did Henry see in the zoo
He saw lots of ________ 20 and kangaroos
笔试部分 (100 分 )
五单项选择 ( 题 1 分 15 分 )
21 ． Shenzhen is on ________ coast near Hong Kong It was ________ small village many years ago
A ． a the B ． the a
C ．填 填 D ． the the
22 ． There are ________ visitors here during the summer holiday
A ． thousand B ． thousands
C ． thousand of D ． thousands of
23 ． I ________ Tianjin at 6 ： 00 p ． m three days ago
A ． arrived B ． got
C ． arrived at D ． reached
24 ． It takes my mother one hour ________ to work
A ． walk B ． to walk
C ． to walking D ． walks
25 ． Luke met his PE monitor at the airport ________ Sunday evening
A ． on B ． for
C ． by D ． in
26 ． There ________ a sports meeting in our school next week
A ． will have B ． is going to have
C ． are going to be D ． is going to be
27 ． ________great fun we had in Yandu Park last Sunday
A ． How B ． What
C ． What a D ． How a
28 ． —Do you like listening to country music or rock music
—________It brings me pleasure
A ． Yes I do B ． No I don＇t
C ． I like music D ． Country music
29 ． Not only my parents but also my elder sister ________ a teacher
A ． is B ． are
C ． am D ． were
30 ． —Does your sister usually go to school by bike
—Yes the bike in front of the building is ________
A ． mine B ． his
C ． yours D ． hers
31 ． —Jim is never late for school ________ ？
—No he is used to getting to school early
A ． has he B ． is he
C ． hasn＇t he D ． isn＇t he
32 ． —________ do you like pandas
—Because they are very cute
A ． What B ． Who
C ． Why D ． Where
33 ． —Sorry Tom You ________ me a book yesterda y but I can＇t find it
—It＇s OK I don＇t need it any more
A ． lend B ． have lent
C ． will lend D ． lent
34 ． John ________ the TV and helped his mother with the housework
A ． turned off B ． heard from
C ． joined in D ． looked after
35 ． —I＇m going to the lab Bye Je rry
—________ Jackie I＇ll go with you
A ． I＇m not sure B ． I don＇t think so
C ． Wait a minute D ． Have a nice day
六完形填空 ( 题 1 分 15 分 )
Bill and Cathy wanted to go on a holiday They chose a place called Maldives ( 马尔代夫 ) And they decided to ________ 36 there for two weeks in spring because they heard that the weather there was perfect at that time They worked very hard for several ________ 37 Finally they made enough money for their dream ________ 38 But their trip was more like a nightmare ( 噩梦 )
Th e problem ________ 39 when the flight was put off because of bad weather They couldn＇t leave________ 40 night They finally got on the plane twelve hours later But they ________ 41 fly to Maldives because there was a storm They had to fly to the capital ci ty ________ 42 There they stayed in a small hotel ________ 43 the airport
The hotel was next to the sea but the sea was ________ 44 dirty that they couldn＇t swim in it And the hotel swimming pool was full of leaves The food was awful ________ 45 For breakfast there was ________ 46 bread and milk When the storm came they felt really ________ 47 Because of the bad weather they had to stay for ________ 48 night in the small hotel And they had ________ 49 to do It was so boring Finally they __ ______ 50 in Maldives three days later And someone told them the weather there had been wonderful all the time
36 ． Arun B ． work C ． stay D ． see
37 ． Aminutes B ． hours C ． days D ． months
38 ． Atrip B ． job C ． college D ． clothes
39 ． Afinished B ． jumped C ． continued D ． began
40 ． Aafter B ． since C ． until D ． from
41 ． Aneedn＇t B ． couldn＇t C ． shouldn＇t D ． won＇t
42 ． Aalready B ． yet C ． still D ． instead
43 ． Anear B ． from C ． across D ． next
44 ． Ahardly B ． much C ． so D ． enough
45 ． Aalso B ． either C ． too D ． very
46 ． Aonly B ． many C ． few D ． any
47 ． Afull B ． quiet C ． happy D ． terrible
48 ． Aother B ． another C ． more D ． others
49 ． Asomething B ． anything C ． nothing D ． everything
50 ． Areached B ． arrived C ． got D ． moved
七阅读理解 ( 题 2 分 30 分 )
A
Cough Medicine
Shake well before use
Take three times a day after meals
Adults ： 2 teaspoonfuls
Children ： 8 － 14 1 teaspoonful
Children ： 4 － 7 12 teaspoonful
Not for children below the age of 4
Keep in a cold place
Use before October 2019
Join us in a 10 kilometer country walk on Sunday June
☆☆☆☆☆☆☆☆☆☆☆☆☆☆☆☆
Meet at the school gate at 2 ： 20 in the afternoon
Strong shoes preferred
☆☆☆☆☆☆☆☆☆☆☆☆☆☆☆☆
Call Jeff at 73338888 if you want to know more
FAST FOOD OPEN HOURS
WEEKDAY
8 ： 00AM － 8 ： 00PM
WEEKEND
10 ： 00AM － 11 ： 00PM
51 ． From the last sign we know we can ________ here
A ． eat something B ． fish
C ． swim D ． go boating
52 ． You＇d better ________ if you want to take part in the outing on Sunday
A ． not go to school
B ． take your camera
C ． wear strong shoes
D ． take the cough medicine
53 ． If you are hungry at 8 ： 30 a m on Sunday you _____ ___
A ． can＇t get anything from the fast food shop
B ． can call Jeff on 73338888
C ． can go to the fast food shop and buy some food
D ． can drink two teaspoonfuls of cough medicine
54 ． Helen is nine years old She caught a bad cough She should take ________ a day
A ． 1 teaspoonful B ． 2 teaspoonfuls
C ． 15 teaspoonfuls D ． 3 teaspoonfuls
55 ． The cough medicine ________
A ． can be used by the children aged 3
B ． can＇t be used after October 2019
C ． needn＇t shake
D ． can be taken before meals
B
Mr and Mrs Green lived in a bi g city and one summer they went to the country( 乡村 ) for their holidayThey enjoyed it very much because it was a quiet clean place
One day they went for a walk early in the morning and met an old manHe lived on a farm and he was sitting in front of his houseMr Green asked him Do you like to live in this quiet place ？ The old man said Yes I __ do Mr Green asked again What are the good things about it ？
The old man answered Well the people here know each otherThey often come and visit me and I often go and visit themAnd there are also lots of children here
Mr Green said That＇s interestingAnd what are the bad things ？ The old man thought for a moment and then said Well the same things really
56 ． Mr and Mrs Green went to the country ____ ____
A ． to see the old man
B ． to spend their holiday
C ． to see the quiet place
D ． to see their friends
57 ． Mr and Mrs Green enjoyed the country because ________
A ． it was far from the city
B ． there was a farm
C ． there were lots of children
D ． it was quiet and clean
58 ． One day Mr and Mrs Green took a walk ________
A ． early in the morning B ． after breakfast
C ． in the evening D ． after lunch
59 ． The old man said Yes I doI do here means ________ ．
A ． I like to live in this place
B ． I like to sit in front of my house
C ． I like to go out for a walk early in the morning
D ． I like to live in the city
60 ． Did the old man like the people to come and visit him
A ． Yes he did
B ． No he didn＇t
C ． Sometimes he did but sometimes he didn＇t
D ． We don＇t know
C
A farmer＇s dog Dolly had puppies( 狗 ) and the farmer needed to sell themHe painted a sign and put it in his yardAs he was putting up the sign a little boy walked up to him
Sirhe said I want to buy one of your dogs
Wellsaid the farmer these dogs are very expensive
Can I just have a look ？ asked the boy
Sure said the farmer and he whistled( 吹口哨 ) Here Dolly he called
Dolly ran out from the doghouse and four little dogs followed herThe boy became excitedThen the little boy noticed another dogTh at one was smallerIt moved slowly and tried to catch up with the others
I want that onethe boy said pointing to the little dog
The farmer said You＇d better not choose that dogHe will never be able to run and play with you like these four dogs
T he little boy bent from the waist and rolled up( 卷起 ) one leg of his trousersHe showed a cast on his leg and a special shoe He said You see sir I don＇t run too well myself and he will need someone who understands him
The world is full of people who need someone that understands them
61 ． How many puppies did Dolly have
A ． Two B ． Three
C ． Five D ． One
62 ． How did the boy feel when the dogs ran out
A ． Excited B ． Disappointed
C ． Sad D ． Upset
63 ． How did the farmer respond to the boy＇s choice
A ． He sold the dog to the boy
B ． He advised the boy not to choose that dog
C ． He told the boy the dog was ill
D ． He asked the boy to leave at once
64 ． What do the underlined words mean
A ．跪 B ．起身
C ．跳跃 D ．弯腰
65 ． Which of the following statements is true
A ． Dolly w as badly ill
B ． One of the dogs moved slowly probably because its legs were weak
C ． Nothing was wrong with the boy＇s leg
D ． The boy didn＇t understand the little dog
八务型阅读 ( 题 2 分 10 分 )
Wu Yishu a 16 year old student from Shanghai won a Chinese poetry( 诗 )competition in the second season of the ChinesePoetryConference on Feb 7th 2017She beat other competitors because of her learning about Chinese culture and works I enjoy the happiness brought by the poetry Wu said
In the final Wu performed( 表现 ) we ll in many parts such as competitors recalling( 回忆 )poems by looking at sand paintings and reciting( 背诵 )poems about the Chinese character Jiu as many as possible
As early as Feb 1st when Wu recited a Chinese poem about the months of the year Someone sa id that Wu must have remembered at least more than 2 000 Chinese poetryThe 18 meter tall Wu said that she kept only a poetry book on the bookshelf at the room instead of other books such as math physics and English books
Wu＇s excellent performance pushed more and more people to learn Chinese poetry
66 ． Where is Wu Yishu from
________________________________________________________________________
67 ． When did Wu win a Chinese poetry competition
________________________________________________________________________
68 ． What did Wu keep on the bookshelf at her room
________________________________________________________________________
69 ． Did Wu perform well in the final competition
___________ _____________________________________________________________
70 ． What do you think of Wu Yishu
________________________________________________________________________
九情景交际 ( 题 1 分 5 分 )
A ： Excuse me sir
B ： ________ 71
A ： I want to go to Guangqumen but I d on＇t know how to get the ticket from ATM( 动售票机 ) ．
B ： ________ 72 Well just press ( ) here
A ： How much is the ticket
B ： ________ 73
A ： All right By the way how often do the subways come
B ： About every six minutes
A ： ________ 74
B ： At 11 ： 00 pm
A ： OK Got it Than k you for your help
B ： ________ 75
A ： Goodbye
B ： Bye bye
A ． This way please
B ． What can I do for you
C ． What time is the last one
D ． It takes forty minutes
E ． 2
F ． It＇s my pleasure
G ． I＇m not sure
十完成句子 ( 题 1 分 5 分 )
76 ．五月日劳动节
May 1st is ________ ________
77 ．记忆中父亲求严格
My father was ________ ________ me in my memory
78 ．努力学梦想会实现
Work hard and your dream will ________ ________
79 ．事实遂宁真休闲放松方
________ ________ Suining is really a good place to relax a nd enjoy yourself
80 ．猜猜？天书店里碰第位老师
________ ________ ？ I met my first teacher in the bookshop today
十 书面表达 (20 分 )
中秋节中国传统节日家样节日呢？请写篇 70 词左右作外国朋友介绍家节情况吧
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________ ___________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
_ _______________________________________________________________________
期末测试卷
听力材料：
1 Hello Mike Is the eraser yours
2 ． How does your father go to work every day
3 ． Will they visit their teachers together the day after tomorrow
4 ． Where was your sister born
5 ． What did you do the day before yesterday
二 6M ： Do you have a minute Cindy
W ： Sorry I＇m in a hurry to go to Mr Smith＇s office now
Q ： Where is Cindy going now
7 ． M ： What time is it
W ： It＇s a quarter to twelve
Q ： What time is it
8 ． M ： Hey Je nny
W ： Hi Bob
M ： How was your vacation
W ： It was fantastic
Q ： How does Jenny like her vacation
9 ． M ： Sandy look there is a dictionary on the floor
Whose is it
W ： It＇s Miss Brown＇s I found her name on the first page of the dictionary
Q ： Whose dictionary is on the floor
10 ． M ： Hey Daisy what do you know about Halloween
W ： Oh it＇s a popular festival in North America
M ： Is it in November
W ： No it＇s on October 31st
Q ： When is Halloween in North America
三 Text 1
W ： Hi Tony Is next Monday your bi rthday
M ： No my birthday is next Friday
W ： I＇m sorryWhat will your family do for your birthday
M ： My mother will have a birthday party for meAnd my grandmother will make a birthday cake
W ： Great What about your father
M ： He will buy me some books
Text 2
M ： My father is an engineerWhat about your father Jane
W ： He is a pilot
M ： I want to be a pilot tooCan I ask your father something about pilots
W ： Of courseYou can talk to him by phone
M ： Can I send him an email
W ： No TonyHe never sends emails
M ： OKC an I call him at six o＇clock in the evening
W ： Maybe eight o＇clock is betterHe is usually free at eight
四 M ： Hi my name is Henry I just got back from AustraliaThe holiday was great I enjoyed it very muchThe weather in Sydney was sunny Every day I went to the beach and played beach volleyball there The Australian people were really kind and I made a lot of Australian friendsOne of them was Mike He was a guideHe knew a lot about Australian animals I went to a big zoo with him and saw lots of tig ers and kangaroos It was so exciting I had a great time there
听力答案：
1 － 5 BAAAB
二 6 － 10 ABBAA
三 11 － 15 CBBCC
四 16 Australia 17 sunny 18 volleyball
19 ． guide 20 tigers
五 21 B
22 ． D 点拨：题考查 thousand 法前面数词 thousand 单数形式加 of thousand of 连表示确切数时 thousand 复数形式
23 ． D 24 B
25 ． A 点拨：表示具体某天午 ( 文晚 ) 介词 on
26 ． D 点拨： there be 句式般时结构： there will be there isare going to be there be 句式遵循原 a sports meeting 单数选 D
27 ． B
28 ． D 点拨：语法分析法解答 选择疑问句需 yes no 回答直接回答出选容
29 ． A
30 ． D 点拨：联系文法解答根文中语 your sister 知女性 hers
31 ． B 点拨：考查反意疑问句 never 表示否定意义肯定形式简短问句选 B
32 ． C 33 D 34 A 35 C
六 36 C 点拨：句意知 年春天决定马尔代夫呆两周 stay
37 ． D 38 A
39 ． D 点拨： finished 完成 jumped 跳 continued 继续 b egan 开始 结合文知麻烦飞机延迟开始选 D
40 ． C 41 B
42 ． D 点拨：句知马尔代夫飞首城市代马尔代夫 选 instead
43 ． A 44 C 45 C
46 ． A 点拨：句意知 早餐仅仅面包牛奶 only
47 ． D
48 ． B 点拨： another 表示
49 ． C 点拨：结合文 It was so boring 知事做选 C
50 ． B
七 A ) 51 A 点拨：细节理解题根标示信息 FAST FOOD 知里吃东西选 A
52 ． C 点拨：细节理解题根第二标示里信息 Strong shoes preferred 知穿结实鞋子选 C
53 ． A 点拨：细节理解题根第三标识里信息 WEEKEND 10 ： 00 A M ． —11 ： 00 P M ．知家快餐店周日午 10 点晚 11 点间营业午 8 ： 30 快餐店没开门选 A
54 ． D 点拨：细节理解题根第标识里信息 Take three times a day after meals Children 8—14 1 teaspoonful 知 8 14 岁孩子餐天服三次药次 1 匙剂量选 D
55 ． B 点拨：细节理解题根第标识里信息 Use before October 2019 知感药 2019 年 10 月前选 B
B ) 56 B 点拨：细节理解题根第段第句 … one summer they went to the country( 乡村 ) for their holiday 知 乡村度假
57 ． D 点拨：细节理解题根第段句 … because it was a quiet clean place 知喜欢乡村里安静洁净
58 ． A 点拨：细节理解题根第二段第句 One day they went for a walk early in the morning 知早晨散步
59 ． A 点拨：联系文法解答根文问 Do you like to live in this quiet place ？ 知处 do 表示 like to live in this quiet place
60 ． C 点拨：推理判断题根句 Well the same things really 知住乡村相互认识串门优点足老时喜欢时喜欢
C ) 61 C 点拨：细节理解题根文中 Dolly ran out from the doghouse and four little dogs followed her …another dog 知 5 狗
62 ． A 点拨：细节理解题根 文中 The boy became excited 知孩子狗兴奋
63 ． B 点拨：细节理解题根文中倒数第三段 You＇d better not choose that dog 知农民建议男孩购买狗选 B
64 ． D 点拨：词义猜测题根常识想卷起裤必须弯腰选 D
65 ． B 点拨：推理判断题根 That one was smallerIt moved slowly and tried to catch up with the others 推测出 狗腿较柔弱
八 66 She is from Shanghai Shanghai She comes from Shanghai
67 ． On Feb 7th 2017 She won a Chinese poetry competition On Feb 7th 2017
68 ． She kept a poetry book A poetry book
69 ． Yes she did Yes
70 ． She＇s excellentgreatwonderful…
九 71 － 75 BAECF
十 76 May Day 77 strict with 78 come true 79 In fact 80 Guess what
十范文：
The Mid autumn Festival
The Mid autumn Festival is one __ of __ the __ most __ important __ traditional __ festivals in China It usually comes on the fifteenth day of the eighth lunar month
Most people usually have a three day off They get together from work Usually they have a big dinner on Mid autumn Day People often eat mooncakes and many different kinds of fre sh fruits such __ as apples pears and so on
The Mid autumn Festival is a time for people to get together Everyone looks __ forward __ to the festival
名师点评：
文三方面介绍中国传统节日中秋节第段先总体介绍中秋节时间第二段详细介绍中秋节风俗第三段总结全文
文添彩点：
one of the most important … such a s… look forward to… 等高级结构运体现作者良写作功底
文档香网(httpswwwxiangdangnet)户传
《香当网》用户分享的内容，不代表《香当网》观点或立场，请自行判断内容的真实性和可靠性！
该内容是文档的文本内容，更好的格式请下载文档
含期中试题 1 套期末试题 2 套 15 套
Module 1 关测试
限时： 60 分钟 满分： 100 分
单项选择 ( 题 1 分 15 分 )
1 ． Mike often helps me________English
A ． in B ． on
C ． with D ． of
2 ． The kid can＇t find his mother That＇s________he is crying on the street
A ． why B ． because
C ． when D ． what
3 ． ________ ． There are too many cars in the street
A ． Welcome B ． Thanks
C ． Sorry D ． Be careful
4 ． Here________ so many trees
A ． is B ． am
C ． are D ． be
5 ． If you do things________ usually you can＇t do them well
A ． in a hurry B ． from now on
C ． just now D ． at once
6 ． —These are my pencils Thank you very much
—________ ．
A ． You＇re welcome B ． The same to you
C ． Goodbye D ． Don＇t say that
7 ． We can use the________to talk with our friends
A ． camera B ． TV
C ． radio D ． mobile phone
8 ． He needs ( 需 )________ meat
A ． two kilos B ． two kilos of
C ． two kilo of D ． two kilo
9 ． He＇s ________ his key but he can＇t ________ it
A ． look for find
B ． looking for find
C ． finding look for
D ． looking find
10 ． —________ crayon is this
—It＇s Sam＇s
A ． Who B ． Whom
C ． Whose D ． What
11 ． They ________ photos of the mountains at the moment
A ． take B ． will take
C ． are taking D ． took
12 ． I have two pens One is red ________ is blue
A ． Other B ． The other
C ． Others D ． The others
13 ． —Is this ________ computer
—Yes it＇s________ My mother bought it for me
A ． you me B ． your my
C ． yours mine D ． your mine
14 ． ________ let our new student Lucy tell us a funny story
A ． After all B ． First of all
C ． At all D ． In all
15 ． —Why not ________your bag in the hotel ？ It＇s too heavy
—That sounds good
A ． forget B ． to forget
C ． leave D ． to leave
二完形填空 ( 题 15 分 15 分 )
Mr James ________ 16 at the school Lost and Found He works very ________ 17 Every day when ________ 18 gets a lost thing he takes notes ( 记录 ) ________ 19 it There ________ 20 pens books school uniforms ( 校服 ) keys and many ________ 21 things in the Lost and Found Most of them are the ________ 22 If you lose your things it＇s easy for you ________ 23 the Lost and Found for help But you must tell Mr James w hat it is its color and the day ________ 24 you can＇t find it I think Mr James is very helpful ( 乐助 ) and you will be ________ 25 when you find your lost things there
16 ． Awork B ． to work C ． working D ． works
17 ． Acarefully B ． careful C ． care D ． good
18 ． Ahe B ． her C ． him D ． his
19 ． Ain B ． about C ． to D ． at
20 ． Aam B ． is C ． are D ． be
21 ． Aothers B ． other C ． the other D ． the others
22 ． Ateacher B ． student＇s C ． students＇ D ． teacher＇s
23 ． Ago B ． to go C ． to go to D ． going
24 ． Awhat B ． when C ． where D ． how
25 ． Ahappily B ． sad C ． angry D ． happy
三阅读理解 ( 题 2 分 20 分 )
A
Lost Cat
Please help me to find my cat
His name is Fluff and he＇s a Persian cat
The photo is an old one of Fluff It is bigger now
Fluff went missing from my home on Christmas Day of 2017
If you find him please call me at 9184 3568
I＇m Jack Lim and my address is ：
32 Lavender Lane Singapore 532981
Reward for finding Fluff 5000
26 ． From the passage we know someone ________ a cat
A ． found B ． bought
C ． phoned D ． lost
27 ． The name of the cat is ________ ．
A ． Persian B ． Fluff
C ． L avender D ． Jack
28 ． The cat may live in ________ ．
A ． America B ． China
C ． England D ． Singapore
29 ． If you find the cat you can call its owner at ________ ．
A ． 532 981
B ． 918 435
C ． 9184 3568
D ． 435 6891
30 ． This passage is most probably from a ________ ．
A ． map
B ． dicti onary
C ． guidebook
D ． newspaper
B
House for Rent( 出租 )
2 sunny bedrooms with one kitchen
500 one month
Call Mr White at 555 － 7843
Taxi Driver Wanted
Full or part time
Call Mark at 555 － 7296 between 9 am and 5 pm from Monday to Friday
Lost Dog
Small size
Black and white short hair
Call David at 555 － 6238
Found
A nice watch
Made in Switzerland
Is this your watch
Call George at 555 － 9767
31If you want to rent the house for half a year you need to pay________ ．
A ． 500
B ． 1 500
C ． 3 000
D ． 6 000
32 ． If you want to work as a taxi driver you can call ________
A ． 555 － 7843
B ． 555 － 7296
C ． 555 － 6238
D ． 555 － 9767
33 ． ________ lost a small black and white dog
A ． Mr White B ． Mark
C ． David D ． George
34 ． You can＇t call Mark on________
A ． Monday B ． Wednesday
C ． Friday D ． Sunday
35 ． Which of the following is TRUE according to the passage
A ． There is only one bedroom and a kitchen in the house
B ． We can know the salary ( 薪水 ) of the taxi driver
C ． The watch is made in Japan
D ． George found a watch
四务 型阅读 ( 题 2 分 10 分 )
LOST AND FOUND
Found
Is this your book Please call John at4953456
Lost
My pencil case
It＇s blue and white
Call Tom at 4568700
Found
A set of keysPlease
call Jenny at 4982456
Lost
A white watch
Call Lisa at 4129856
Found
Is this your black backpack
Please call Mary
Phone number ： 4765939
Lost
My school ID card
I＇m Harry
You can dial4872349
根面启事完成列句子
36 ． There are__________bulletin notices( 布告式通知 )in the LOST AND FOUND
37 ． Daming lost his keysHe should( 应该 )call__________at__________to find them
38 ． __________lost a pencil case
39 ． If you want to find your lost book you can call John at____________
40 ． Lisa lost her____________________
五情景交际 ( 题 2 分 10 分 )
A ________ 41
B I＇d like to be the PE moni tor
A ________ 42
B I＇m good at playing basketball and I＇m the player in the school team
A You＇re great
B ________ 43
A Me I want to be the cleaning monitor
B What can you do
A ________ 44
B Sounds great Good luck to you
A Thank you ________ 45
B OK
A ． Which sport are you good at
B ． Let＇s work together
C ． I can make our classroom tidy and beautiful
D ． Which monitor would you like to be
E ． What about you
六求完成句子 ( 题 1 分 10 分 )
A) 根句意汉语提示写出正确单词
46 ． Please give us two ________ ( 橡皮擦 ) ．
47 ． I often________( 丢失 ) my books So my mother is very angry
48 ． I have a new ________ ( 相机 )
49 ． I feel very ________ ( 奇怪 ) about the matter
50 ． Your bike is blue and________( ) is red
B) 根汉语完成句子
51 ．定心火危险
We must ________ ________ ________ f ire because it＇s very dangerous
52 ．边部相机许手套
________ ________ a camera and many ________ over there
53 ．想买 3 公斤苹果
I want to buy three ________ ________ ________ ．
54 ．火车前买票
Buy a ticket before you ________ ________ the train
55 ．公园里数百
There are ________ ________ ________ in the park
七书面表达 (20 分 )
假 Lucy 操场捡红色书包里面装串钥匙字典三黑色笔记请写招领启事电话号码： 8657 1123 QQ 37658013 词数： 60 左右
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________ ___________________________________
Module 1 关测试
1 C 点拨： help sbwith sth 意 帮助某做某事
2 ． A 点拨： That＇s why 结果符合题意 That＇s because 原 3 D 4 C
5 ． A 点拨：题词语辨析法解答 A 项意 匆忙 B 项意 现起 C 项意 刚 D 项意 立刻 根半句知前半句表达 果做事情匆忙话 选 A 项 6 A 7 D 8 B
9 ． B 点拨：题词语应法解答句意：正找钥匙没找第空指 寻找 动作第二空指 找 结果 He＇s He is 缩写现进行时选 B 10 C 11 C
12 ． B 点拨： onethe other …… ……
13 ． D 点拨：第空格处需形容词性物代词修饰名词 computer 第二空格没名词名词性物代词选 D 14 B
15 ． C 点拨： why not 动词原形里指东西留应 leave
二 16 D 点拨：语第 三称单数动词应第三称单数形式
17 ． A 点拨：空格处需副词修饰动词
18 ． A 点拨：空格处作语应格形式选项中 he 格形式
19 ． B 点拨： about 意 关 符合语境
20 ． C 点拨： pens 复数形式应 are
21 ． B 点拨：空格名词表示泛指：选 B
22 ． C 点拨： students 格词加 ’
23 ． C 点拨： it 形式语真正语动词定式 go to 意 ……
24 ． B 点拨：句意 找时候 知选 B
25 ． D 点拨：题干中 be 知空格处应形容词根常识找丢失东西时应该感高兴选 D
三 A26 D 点拨：推理判断题通标题寻物信息判断 丢失猫
27 ． B 点拨：细节理解题启事中 His name is Fluff and he＇s a Persian cat
28 ． D 点拨：细节理解题启事面址标 Singapore 532981
29 ． C 点拨：细节理解题根启事中电话号码知选 C
30 ． D 点拨：推理判断题 图 词典 旅行指南 合常理寻物启事般刊登报纸
B31—35 CBCDD
四 36 six6 37 Jenny 4982456 38 Tom
39 ． 4953456 40 white watch
五 41—45 DAECB
六 A ) 46 erasers 47 lose 48 camera
49 ． strange 50 mine
B ) 51 be careful with 52 There is gloves
53 ． kilos of apples 54 get on
55 ． hundreds of people
七范文： Found
I found a red schoolbag on the playground yesterday afternoon Thereisasetofkeys a dictionary and three black notebooks in it IsityoursPleasecallmeat8657 1123 and my QQ number is 37658013 Youcanchatwith Flying Ship online too That＇s me
Lucy
点评：作者运 三清法 捡书包写招领启事
写清捡物品： I found a red schoolbag
二写清物品特征： a red schoolbag There is a set of keys a dictionary and three black notebooks in it
三写清联系方式： call me at 8657 1123 my QQ number is 37658013
添彩点：作者正确学短语表达书包物品尤 There is a set of keys 句中系表数保持致避免系动词容易出现错误句式 Is it yours ？正确短文活泼趣高级句式 Please call me at 8657 － 1123 You can chat with 短文玲珑毓秀
Module 2 关测试
限时： 60 分钟 满分： 100 分
题号
二
三
四
五
六
七
总分
分
单项选择 ( 题 1 分 15 分 )
1 ． The boys often play ________basketball after school
A ． B ． a
C ． an D ． the
2 ． What about________to the cinema
A ． go B ． goes
C ． going D ． to go
3 ． My mother is worried________ my grandfather＇s health
A ． for B ． with
C ． about D ． of
4 ． John wants________the Reading Club
A ． join B ． joins
C ． joining D ． to join
5 ． —Who is that lady
—She＇s Miss Green She ________ us music and she is so good
A ． taught B ． teaches
C ． will teach D ． is teaching
6 ． Our teacher promises________ us to the museum
A ． taking B ． t o take
C ． take D ． takes
7 ． They are ready________take the math exam
A ． to B ． with
C ． of D ． for
8 ． The story makes us________interested
A ． feels B ． to feel
C ． feel D ． feeling
9 ． Michael Phelps is a________ swimmer and he swims very________ ．
A ． good good B ． well wel l
C ． good well D ． well good
10 ． Zhao Lin wants to be the PE monitor but he isn＇t very________ ．
A ． nice B ． quickly
C ． fit D ． health
11 ． —Could you go to see the new movie with me now
—Sorry I________ Look it＇s time for me to watch TheReader on CCTV
A ． can＇t B ． can
C ． needn＇t D ． must
12 ． The village lies________the two mountains
A ． with B ． through
C ． between D ． on
13 ． —What would you like ________ Jenny
—A Chinese teacher
A ． to B ． to be
C ． being D ． to being
14 ． ________and you＇ll get good grades
A ． Hard wor k B ． To hard work
C ． Work hard D ． To work hard
15 ． ________ Class is over
A ． That＇s all for today B ． It＇s time for class
C ． Please get ready D ． Say hello to you
二完形填空 ( 题 1 分 15 分 )
Hello my name is Xu Jie Do you know ________ 16 I＇m ________ 17 Taiwan I am 13 years old now My English name is Jeff So you can ________ 18 me Jeff
I ________ 19 Chinese and I can speak Chinese I can also ________ 20 English very ________ 21 I think English is very ________ 22 Now it is important ( 重 ) to learn English
Can you sing I like ________ 23 very much And my dream is ________ 24 a super singer Do you like Deng Ziqi I like ________ 25 songs very much I can sing her songs very ________ 26 And I also like Zhang Bichen I can ________ 27 many of her songs ________ 28 of th em are famous singers
Would you like ________ 29 my friends I can sing ________ 30 beautiful songs for you
16 ． Ahim B ． her C ． me D ． them
17 ． Afor B ． from C ． to D ． of
18 ． Acall B ． make C ． know D ． let
19 ． Aare B ． am C ． has D ． is
20 ． Atell B ． say C ． speaks D ． speak
21 ． Awell B ． good C ． bad D ． badly
22 ． Ahealthy B ． useful C ． well D ． boring
23 ． Asinging B ． dancing C ． swimming D ． fishing
24 ． Abe B ． have C ． to have D ． to be
25 ． Ashe B ． her＇s C ． herself D ． her
26 ． Agood B ． nice C ． well D ． badly
27 ． Asing B ． sings C ． to sing D ． singing
28 ． AAll B ． Both C ． Either D ． Neither
29 ． Ato be B ． be C ． being D ． are
30 ． Amany B ． much C ． any D ． little
三阅读理解 ( 题 2 分 20 分 )
A
It＇s Friday afternoon Two girls are going home from school One is Mary and the other is Jane An old woman comes up and asks Excuse m e can you help me ？ She has a big bag in her handOf course Granny What can I do for you ？ Mary and Jane ask The old woman says I＇m coming to see my daughter but I can＇t find her house Here is her address We can take you there say the two gi rls They help her find her daughter How happy they are
The two girls sayGoodbye to the Granny and her daughter
Could you tell me your names please ？ asks the granny
With a smile they run away
31 ． The two girls are going ________ ．
A ． to see a film B ． to see a friend
C ． to school D ． home
32 ． An old woman says to them ________ ？
A ． Can I help you
B ． Can you help me
C ． Let me help you
D ． Where are you going
33 ． The old woman has ________ in her hand
A ． a box B ． a big bag
C ． a basket D ． a small bag
34 ． They say ________ to the granny and her daughter
A ． Goodbye B ． Thanks
C ． Nothing D ． Anything
35 ． Do the two girls tell their names to the granny
A ． No they don＇t B ． Yes they do
C ． We don＇t know D ． Maybe
B
Do you want to be a musician( 音乐家 )
Do you want to be a musi cian Come to our club and you＇ll be very happy in it We have lessons about the piano the drums the flute( 笛 ) the trumpet the guitar and the violin for just 20 each You can also learn to sing or dance for 25 each If you like art you can be satisf ied( 满意 ) too—it＇s just for 30 each
根广告信息选择佳答案
36 ． There are ________ kinds of instruments( 乐器 )in the ad( 广告 ) ．
A ． five B ． six
C ． seven D ． eight
37 ． The piano lesson is ________ ．
A ． 25 B ． 35
C ． 30 D ． 20
38 ． We can＇t learn about the ________ in the club
A ． drums B ． flute
C ． chess D ． guitar
39 ． Tom wants to learn about the guitar and singing and he needs to pay( 付款 )________ ．
A ． 45 B ． 20
C ． 30 D ． 40
40 ． The underlined wordlessonsmeans( 意思 ) ________ ．
A ．教师 B ．课
C ．课程 D ．教育
四务型阅读 ( 题 2 分 10 分 )
(A) 欢迎俱乐部 Are you tired after school ？ Do you want to have fun ？ Our club is a good place for you It is very big It is in the middle of the city We have ten sports teachers and five art teachers Here you can learn to play chess and tennis You can also sing and danc e They are interesting(B) Weworkninehourseachdayonweekends We have a food store You can have lunch or dinner here Come and have a good time here
根短文容求完成列务
务：翻译句子
41 ．文中 (A) 处画线句子翻译成英语
_________________________________________________________ _______________
________________________________________________________________________
42 ．文中 (B) 处画线句子翻译成汉语
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
务二：判断列句子正 (T) 误 (F)
( )43The club is very big and has ten sports teachers
( )44A clothes store is in the club
务三：简回答问题
45 ． How many teachers are there in the club
________________________________________________________________________
___________ _____________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
五综合填空 ( 题 2 分 10 分 )
fast sport best tidy everybody
Peter is my good friend and we are in the same class Peter enjoys sports a lot and running is his favourite ________ 46 He runs ________ 47 and he is on our school team In some matches he can always get the ________ 48 score
Peter can speak Chinese well and he is very kind so ________ 49 in our class likes to m ake friends with him Peter is our cleaning monitor and he often helps us ________ 50 our classroom He is a good monitor and we all like him
六求完成句子 ( 题 1 分 10 分 )
A) 根句意汉语提示完成单词
51 ． Olivia likes to play ________( 网球 ) to relax herself after finishing her homework
52 ． Don＇t drive too ________( 快 ) There are many people on the street
53 ． My classmates are all friendlyI find it easy to get on ________( )with them( 孝感 )
54 ． I will work harder next________( 学期 )at school
55 ． She does well in football and always get s the best________( 成绩 ) ．
B) 根汉语完成句子
56 ．迈克擅长游泳
Mike is________ ________ ____________ ．
57 ．男孩会骑行车
The little boy can＇t________ ________ ________ ．
58 ．明天午放风筝吧
Let＇s________ ________ ________ tomorrow morning
59 ．学会起帮助
________ ________ classmates will help you together
60 ．确信想干净教室
I＇m sure everybody________ ________a clean classroom
七书面表达 (20 分 )
假李凯班班长许方面做非常力班长请音乐体育学际交等方面描述李凯
词数： 60 左右
______________________________________________________________ __________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
__________________________ ______________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________ _________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
___________________________ _____________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________ ________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
Module 2 关测试
1 A 2 C
3 ． C 点拨： be worried about …… 担心
4 ． D 5 B
6 ． B 点拨：题考查 promise 搭配 promise to do sth 固定搭配意 承诺做某事保证做某事 答案 B 7 A
8 ． C 点拨：题考查 make 搭配 make sb do sth 固定搭配意 某做某事 答案 C
9 ． C 点拨：题考查 good well 辨析 swimmer 名词前 good 修饰答案 C
10 ． C 11 A 12 C 13 B
14 ． C 点拨： wo rk hard 努力工作 祈句动词需动词原形
15 A
二 16 C 17 B 18 A 19 B
20 ． D 点拨：讲某种语言 speak can 动词原形
21 A 22 B 23 A
24 ． D 点拨：动词定式作表语
25 ． D 26 C 27 A
28 ． B 点拨：前面提邓紫棋张碧晨两名歌手 both
29 ． A 30 A
三 A31 D 32 B 33 B 34 A 35 A
B36 B 点拨：细节理解题 广告中提乐器 piano drums flute trumpet guitar violin 六种
37 ． D 点拨：细节理解题 广告中提 for just 20 each 知 D 项正确
38 ． C 点拨：细节理解题 通读广告全文文中唯独没提 chess
39 ． A 点拨：细节理解题 学吉应付费 20 元学唱歌应付费 25 元总 45 元
40 ． C 点拨：词义猜测题 联系文俱乐部开设钢琴提琴等 课程
四 41 Welcome to our club
42 ．周末天工作 9 时
43 ． T 44 F 45 Fifteen15
五 46 sport 47 fast 48 best 49 everybody 50 ． tidy
六 A ) 51 tennis 52 fast 53 well 54 term 55 score
B ) 56 good at swimming 57 ride a bike
58 ． fly a kite 59 All your 60 would like
七范文：
Li Kai is our class monitorHe can do many things well
He likes music a lot and he can play the piano wellHe is also goodat playing basketball and he is in the school teamHe workshard at school and he can speak English wellHe is a kind boy and he is always readyto help othersSo he can getonwellwith our classmates and teachers
This is our good class monitor Li KaiDo you like him
点评：作者运 联想力法 描述班长李凯音乐体育学际交方面力音乐方面： can play the piano well 体育方面： be good at playing basketball 学方面： work hard can speak English well 际交方面： can get on well w ith
添彩点：作者思路清晰紧紧抓住提示学语言完美完成名班长介绍恰模块学重短语： be good at work hard be ready to get on well with 文章流畅然做学致
Module 3 关测试
限时： 60 分钟 满分： 100 分
题号
二
三
四
五
六
七
总分
分
单项选择 ( 题 1 分 15 分 )
1 ． We all like watching the TV programme TheReader ________Saturday evening
A ． in B ． on
C ． at D ． to
2 ． They plan________a picnic at the weekend
A ． to have B ． have
C ． having D ． to having
3 ． He hopes________there tomorrow
A ． to go B ． go
C ． to go to D ． goes
4 ． There________an English party this Sunday
A ． is going to have B ． is going to be
C ． are going to have D ． are going to be
5 ． —Welcome to Los AngelesHave you ever been here
—Sure I visited this city three years ago so this is my ________ time here
A ． first B ． second
C ． third D ． fourth
6 ． Tom please ________ the textbook carefully I＇ll ask you some questions later
A ． go over B ． get on
C ． take away D ． look after
7 ． I didn＇t accept his help ________ I wanted to try it myself
A ． because B ． so
C ． until D ． unless
8 ． Grandp a ________ glasses when he reads
A ． wears B ． wore
C ． has worn D ． was wearing
9 ． It＇s 9 ： 30 pm children It is time ________ to bed
A ． go B ． to go
C ． going D ． goes
10 ． In some western countries shops are closed ________ weekends
A ． in B ． on
C ． with D ． to
11 ． —Hi guysHow was your party yesterday
—Wonderful We had a big meal and enjoyed ________ ．
A ． themselves B ． myself
C ． yourselves D ． ourselves
12 ． Can you make a plan ________ the new term
A ． under B ． for
C ． with D ． to
13 ． Don＇t stay ________ Please get up
A ． in bed B ． of the bed
C ． the bed D ． on bed
14 ． —Is there ________ else in the classroom
—It is empty________ is listening to a speech in the school hall
A ． anyone Anyone
B ． anyone Everyone
C ． everyone Anyone
D ． everyone Everyone
15 ． —I＇m going on a summer camp in Hangzh ou
—________
A ． You＇re welcome B ． Have fun
C ． What a pity D ． Good luck
二完形填空 ( 题 2 分 20 分 )
Tomorrow is SaturdayWe are going to have no ________ 16 This is my plan for tomorrowI am going to get up at six o＇clockAfter washing my face ________ 17 brushing my tee th I＇m going to have ________ 18
Then I am going to see my friend Bill________ 19 are going to the zoo togetherWe are going to see monkeys thereAfter that we are going to have a rest and then we＇re going to ________ 20 boatingWe＇re going to have lunch at about twelveThen we are going________ 21
In the ________ 22 I am going to stay ________ 23 home and do my homeworkAt about four o＇clock I＇m going to ________ 24 TVI am going to have dinner at about seven
After dinner I＇m going to read a novelI am going to go to ________ 25 at about nine o＇clock
16 ． Aclasses B ． meeting C ． sports D ． money
17 ． Aor B ． and C ． but D ． with
18 ． Abreakfast B ． lunch C ． dinner D ． afternoon tea
19 ． AThey B ． You C ． He D ． We
20 ． Ago B ． come C ． have D ． play
21 ． Aschool B ． park C ． home D ． zoo
22 ． Amorning B ． afternoon C ． evening D ． night
23 ． Aat B ． out C ． on D ． of
24 ． Alook B ． see C ． watch D ． read
25 ． Acity B ． class C ． bed D ． school
三阅读理解 ( 题 2 分 10 分 )
Li Lei Jack and Grace are good friendsThey are in the same classJack and Grace come from the US and they often help each other They study in Red Star Middle School of Beijing Tomorrow is Saturday They are talking about their plans for the weekend
Li Lei wants to walk to Cool Beach with his parents He is going to swim play volleyball and go camping He is going to stay there for two days
Jack wants to ride a bike to Great Zoo with his cousinHe is going to see pandas tigers lions and elephants and take photos He is going to stay there for about nine hours
Grace plans to take a bus to Blue Water Aquarium( 水族馆 )with her uncle She is going to see seals big sharks and a dolphin show and take some photos of the animals in the water She is going to stay there for the whole day
26 ． Jack is from________ ．
A ． the UK B ． the US
C ． China D ． Canada
27 ． Li Le i may swim with________ ．
A ． his parents B ． his cousin
C ． his friends D ． his uncle
28 ． Jack is going to Great Zoo________ ．
A ． on foot B ． by bus
C ． by car D ． by bike
29 ． Grace is going to ________ at the weekend
A ． Cool Beach B ． Great Zoo
C ． Blue Water Aquarium D ． the Great Wall
30 ． Which of the following is NOT true according to the passage
A ． Li Lei Jack and Grace study in the same school in Beijing
B ． Li Lei and Jack are both going to take photos
C ． Jack is going to Great Zoo with his cousin
D ． Li Lei is going to stay on Cool Beach for two days
四务型阅读 ( 题 2 分 10 分 )
Here are the new term＇s plans of our class
① WangLinisgoingtoworkharderinschoolthisterm ② He is also going to playsportswithhisfriends Lots of students are going to eat more vegetablesBut they don＇t like vegetablesOur teachers ask us to do that for lunch at schoolDiana says she is going to learn a new language—Japanese because she wants to make some Japanese penfriends ③ Lucyisgoingtotakesomepianolessons She really loves musicDaming is going to write articles and send them to magazines and newspapersHe is going to be a great writer when he grows up
根短文容完成列题
31 ． ① 句改般疑问句
________________________________________________________________________
32 ． ② 句画线部分提问
______________________________ __________________________________________
33 ． Why is Diana going to learn Japanese
________________________________________________________________________
34 ． ③ 句改否定句
________________________________________________________________________
35 ． What is Da ming going to be when he grows up
________________________________________________________________________
五补全话 ( 两项余 )( 题 2 分 10 分 )
A Hi Jenny ________ 36
B Sure My parents are going to take me to visit my grandparents in the countryside on Saturd ay
A Great ________ 37
B My father is going to drive us there
A I see ________ 38
B I＇m going to do the housework at home
A What a good girl
B ________ 39 What are your plans
A I＇m going to go over English on Saturday and play football on Sunday
B Good plans ________ 40
A OK See you then
B See you
A ． Thank you
B ． How are you going there
C ． What is she going to do
D ． What about your Sunday
E I would like to join you on Sunday after I finish my housework
F Do you have any plans for the weekend
G It＇s going to be a fantastic weekend
六求完成句子 ( 题 1 分 10 分 )
A) 根句意首字母汉语提示完成单词
41 There are three months in spring including March April and ________( 五月 ) ．
42 I＇m goin g on a summer ________ ( 夏令营 ) in Beijing
43 What ________ ( ) can you see in the picture
44 Mother usually gets up ________ ( 早 ) every morning
45 ． During the summer h ________ I will take part in a two week work experience activity
B) 根汉语意思完成句子
46 ．常花半时达学校
I often________half an hour________to school
47 ．贝蒂计划明天午妈妈起购物
Betty is going to________ ________with her mother tomorrow afternoon
48 ．格林家算中国观光游览
The Greens are going to________ ________in China
49 ．玛丽常帮助班学喜欢交朋友
Mary often helps ________ so her classmates like to ________ ________with her
50 ．正期着参观天坛
I＇m ________ ________ ________ ________ the Temple of Heaven
七书面表达 (25 分 )
学次考试盼已久假期请根提示写出度假计划结合实际发挥
写作容：
1 ．家长 学起旅游享受然美景放松心情
2 ．参加志愿活动 帮父母做家务
3 ．读喜欢书
4 ．远离危险方
写作求：
1 ． 70 词左右开头部分已出计入总词数
2 ．容合理点齐全句子篇章结构正确连贯书写规范
3 ．出现校名姓名等信息
My Summer Holiday Plan
The summer holiday is on the way Here are my plans for the long exciting holiday
____________________________________ ____________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________ ___________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
_ _______________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________ __________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
__ ______________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
Module 3 关测试
1 B 2 A 3 A
4 ． B 点拨：题考查 There be 句型般时 There be 句型时 There is are going to be There is are going to have
5 ． B 点拨：暗示法暗示语 三年前参观座城市 知第二次
6 ． A 点拨： go over 复 get on ( 公汽车等 ) take away 带走 look after 顾 句意知选 A
7 ． A 点拨：句表示前句原 because 引导原状语句
8 ． A 9 B 10 B 11 D
12 ． B 点拨： make a plan for …… 制订计划
13 A
14 ． B 点拨： anyone 常疑问句否定句中 答语 空 知第二空格应 Everyone
15 B
二 16 A 17 B
18 ． A 点拨：前面提起床洗脸刷牙接应吃早饭
19 ． D
20 ． A 21 C 22 B 23 A 24 C 25 C
三 26 B 点拨：细节理解题题阅读材料中寻找答案法解答短文第段第三句知答案
27 ． A 点拨：细节理解题题阅读材料中寻找答案法解答第二段中前两句 Li Lei wants to walk to Cool Beach with his parents He is going to swim 知李雷算父母起海滩算游泳
28 ． D 点拨：细节理解题题阅读材料中寻找答案法解答第三段中第句 Jack wants to ride a bike to Great Zoo with his cousin 知 Jack 算骑行车 Great Z oo
29 ． C 点拨：细节理解题题阅读材料中寻找答案法解答第四段中第句 Grace plans to take a bus to Blue Water Aquarium ( 水族馆 ) with her uncle 知 Grace 算周末水族馆
30 ． B 点拨：推理判断题题阅读材料中寻找答案法解答第三段中 He is going to and take photos 第四段中 She is going to and take some photos 知 Jack Grace 算拍 李雷 Jack B 项错误
四 31 Is Wang Lin going to work harder in school this term
32 ． What is he also going to do
33 ． Because she wants to make some Japanese penfriends
34 ． Lucy isn＇t going to take any piano lessons
35 ． A great writer
五 36—40 FBDAE
六 A ) 41 May 42 camp 43 else 44 early 45 holiday
B ) 46 spend getting 47 go shopping
48 ． go sightseeing 49 others make friends
50 ． looking forward to visiting
七范文：
My Summer Holiday Plan
The summer holiday is on the way Here are my plans for the long exciting holiday
First I＇ll travel with my parents and enjoythe__beautyofnature and relax myself Second I＇ll do some volunteering jobs I＇ll help my parents do some housework too I think they＇ll be happy Third I like reading very much and it＇s also a g ood way to relax so I＇mgoingto read more books And I＇ll stayawayfrom danger
What a great vacation I＇m lookingforwardto it
点评：文运 总分总法 写计划总：第段点明关暑假计划分：第二段写计划具体容总：段抒发暑假渴情
添彩点：连接词 First Second Third And 运文章层次感强 条理畅般时 I＇m going to I＇ll 正确计划事画卷样呈现读者面前 enjoy the beauty of nature stay away from look forward to 等短语贴切准确 体现较语言运力
Module 4 关测试
限时： 60 分钟 满分： 100 分
题号
二
三
四
五
六
七
总分
分
单项选择 ( 题 1 分 15 分 )
1 ． I usually ride ________ bike to schoolBut this morning I went to school by ________ bus
A ． a the B ． the a
C ．填 a D ． a 填
2 ． I want to ask him________me with my English
A ． help B ． to help
C ． helping D ． helps
3 ． Let＇s send some flowers ________ our teachers
A ． in B ． on
C ． to D ． for
4 ． She wants to be a singer She thinks it＇s one of the most interesting________ ．
A ． job B ． work
C ． jobs D ． works
5 ． You need ________ early tomorrow
A ． comes B ． to come
C ． coming D ． to coming
6 ． It is necessary ________ us to help our friends out when they meet difficulties
A ． to B ． of
C ． with D ． for
7 ． —I can＇t find my watch
—________ it is in your pocket
A ． Maybe B ． May be
C ． May D ． Be
8 ． In some parts of London missing a bus means ________ for another hour
A ． waiting B ． to wait
C ． wait D ． to be waiting
9 ． The pen is not cheap for the children it＇s too ________ ．
A ． difficult B ． heavy
C ． uncomfortable D ． expensive
10 ． Look on the bright side of life and imagine that you ________ a happy and successful future
A ． had B ． will have
C ． have D ． have had
11 ． —Have you returned the book to the library yet
—Not yetDon＇t worryI ________ it soon
A ． return B ． returned
C ． have returned D ． will return
12 ． Hurry up The movie will begin ________ 10 minutes
A ． over B ． in
C ． for D ． at
13 ． Finish your homework first and then you＇ll ________ watch TV for an hour
A ． can B ． be able to
C ． able to D ． could
14 ． Not only the students but also their teacher ________enjoying the film
A ． be B ． am
C ． is D ． are
15 ． There will be ________ rain and ________ winds tomorrow
A ． strong heavy B ． heavy big
C ． heavy strong D ． big larg e
二完形填空 ( 题 1 分 15 分 )
I would like ________ 16 you something about my dream classroom________ 17 the future my classroom will be very ________ 18 so we can do lots of activities in the classroomIn summer it will be ________ 19 and in winter it will be warm in the classroom so it will be ________ 20 to study in itThere ________ 21 a beautiful garden in front of itWe can see ________ 22 trees and flowers in itThere will be a cable TV in our classroom and we can ________ 23 TV at noonEveryone will have a _____ ___ 24 on the desk so we can download information ________ 25 the InternetThe lessons will be ________ 26 We ________ 27 use pens or pencilsWe will use computers ________ 28 our homeworkThe teachers won＇t use ________ 29 to write on the blackboardThey will ________ 30 the lessons with the help of the computer
16 ． Atell B ． telling C ． tells D ． to tell
17 ． AIn B ． On C ． For D ． Of
18 ． Abig B ． little C ． small D ． short
19 ． Acold B ． warm C ． hot D ． cool
20 ． Adull B ． comfortable C ． boring D ． unc omfortable
21 ． Awill be B ． will have C ． is going to have D ． has
22 ． Alittle B ． a little C ． much D ． many
23 ． Asee B ． watch C ． look D ． look at
24 ． Aradio B ． TV C ． calculator D ． computer
25 ． Ain B ． near C ． at D ． from
26 ． Ainterest B ． worrying C ． interesting D ． interested
27 ． Awill B ． can C ． won＇t D ． didn＇t
28 ． Ado B ． to do C ． doing D ． does
29 ． Apens B ． chalk C ． pencils D ． paper
30 ． Ateach B ． study C ． work D ． learn
三阅读理解 ( 题 2 分 10 分 )
In the year 2050 there will be different kinds of materials ( 材料 ) for clothes Special materials will k eep the clothes clean forever They will never get dirty and we won＇t wear them out We will have less work because we won＇t have to wash them So we can save water and money And children won＇t worry about what to wear to school every day They won＇t go t o school They＇ll stay at home in front of their computers to study They can wear their favorite Saturday clothes every day It will be fun Do you think so What do you think school clothes and school life will be like in 2050
31 ． Maybe we ________ was h clothes in the year 2050
A ． didn＇t B ． needn＇t
C ． mustn＇t D ． won＇t be allowed to
32 ． Why won＇t the children go to school
A ． Because they＇ll play at home
B ． Because they hate to go to school
C ． Because they＇ll study on the Internet
D ． Because they＇ll wash clo thes to make money
33 ． Will the clothes get dirty in the year 2050
A ． No it won＇t B ． Yes they will
C ． Yes it will D ． No they won＇t
34 ． In the year 2050 the clothes will not ________ forever
A ． get dirty B ． wear well
C ． be clean D ． be fantastic
35 ． According to the passage which of the following is NOT true
A ． There will be different kinds of materials for clothes
B ． The children can wear their favorite clothes
C ． The children will always worry about what to wear
D ． The children can study at home in front of their computers
四务型阅读 ( 题 2 分 10 分 )
Eric likes to think about the futureHe thinks a kind of small cars may appear in the streets in the future ① Peoplewilllikethiskindofsmallcarsbetterthanthebigones The car is as small as a bike ② ________it can carry two people in itEverybody can drive it easily just like riding a bike ③ 甚孩子老驾驶着学校公园
If everyone drives such cars in the future there will be less pollution in the airThere will be more space for all the cars in cities and there will be more space for people to walk in the streetsThe little cars of the future will cost less money to buy and to drive ④ Thesecarscangoonly65kilometersanhour sodrivingwillbesafer The cars of the future will be fine for going around the city but ⑤ ________ _____________________________________________________
This kind of cars can save a lot of gasThey will use less gas than the cars today
根短文容完成列题
36 ．句 ① 翻译成汉语
________________________________________________________________________
37 ．请 ② 处填入恰连接词
________________________________________________________________________
38 ．句 ③ 翻译成英语
________________________________________________________________________
39 ．请 Driving will be safer ________ these cars can go only 65 kilometers an hour 空白处填入恰 词句 ④ 意思相
________________________________________________________________________
40 ．结合文意面两句子中选取填入文中 ⑤ 处
A ． they will be useful for long trips
B ． they will not be useful for long trips
五方框中单词短语完成面短文 ( 题 2 分 10 分 )
working traffic jams robot go into come true
What will your future life be like Everyone will have many different answers
For me I hope I will have a ________ 41 at home and it can help me do homework I will have a lot of time to do my favourite things Our cars will be very cheap but there won＇t be ________ 42 in the street One day we will ________ 43 space to travel And people will live in the sea and stay wi th all kinds of fishes Of course our ________ 44 hours won＇t be very long
This is my dream of the future life I hope it will ________ 45 one day
六求完成句子 ( 题 1 分 10 分 )
A) 根句意汉语提示完成单词
46 ． Could you please help me ________ ( ) this heavy box
47 ． The sea ________ ( 水 ) will rise soon
48 ． Close the window and keep out the ________( 风 ) ．
49 ． The price of the vegetables will ________ ( 升 ) very slowly
50 ． Can you ________ ( 改变 ) for your family John
B) 根汉语提示完成句子
51 ．冬天玩雪
In winter we can ________ _______ _ snow
52 ．王晓爷爷奶奶明天会里
Tomorrow Wang Xiao will come here ________ ________ with his grandparents
53 ．停孩子
Stop You ________ a child ________ ________
54 ．空闲时间喜欢读书听音乐
I like to read books and listen to music ________ ________ ________ ________ ．
55 ．花园里种样花
There are ________ ________ ________ flowers in that big garden
七书面表达 (30 分 )
周五班举行题 梦想 班会班会学踊跃发言：想成老师想成警察想医生 …… 请根面表格提示 Our Dreams 题写篇英语短文报告次班会情况谈谈梦想
Name
Dream
How to make dreams co me true
Liu Wei
A teacher
Study education
Li Ming
A policeman
Do sports every day
Su Juan
A movie star
Take acting
lessons
I
注意：
1 ．文章中出现真实姓名校名容适发挥
2 ．词数： 80 词左右文章开头已出计入总词数
Our Dreams
Last Friday our class held a class meeting about our dreams Here is my report
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________ _______
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________ ___________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ ______
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
______________________________ __________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
Module 4 关测试
1 D 2 B 3 C 4 C
5 ． B 点拨：题语法分析法 need 处实义动词动词定式
6 ． D 7 A 8 A 9 D 10 B
11 ． D 点拨：时间状语 soon 知句时态应般时
12 B
13 ． B 点拨： will 应该动词原形选 B
14 ． C 点拨：题考查谓致 not onlybut also …… …… 遵循原谓语动词面语致选 C
15 ． C 点拨： heavy 常形容雨雪 strong 形容风
二 16 D 点拨： would like 动词定式
17 ． A 18 A
19 ． D 点拨：根空白处面容 冬天教室暖 推知 夏天教室凉爽
20 ． B 21 A 22 D 23 B 24 D 25 D 26 C
27 ． C 点拨：根前文容知处般时排 B D 两项 根句知 电脑做作业钢笔铅笔
28 ． B 点拨： useto do sth ： …… 干某事
29 B 30 A
三 31 B 点拨：纳概括题题阅读材料中寻找答案法解答根短文第三句第四句话 They will never get dirty and we won＇t wear them out We will have less work because we won＇t have to w ash them 知 2050 年 必洗衣服
32 ． C 点拨：细节理解题题阅读材料中寻找答案法解答根短文 They＇ll stay at home in front of their computers to study 知
33 ． D 点拨：细节理解题题阅读材料中寻找答案法解答根 They will never get dirty 知
34 ． A 点拨：细节理解题题阅读材料中寻找答案法解答根 They will never get dirty 知
35 ． C 点拨：推理判断题题阅读材料中寻找答案法解答根 And children won＇t worry about what to wear to school every day 知孩子担心穿什学表达正确 C 项
四 36 起型汽车更喜欢种汽车 37 but
38 ． Even children and old people can drive them to school or parks
39 ． because 40 B
五 41 robot 42 traffic jams 43 go into
44 ． working 45 come true
六 A ) 46 carry 47 level 48 wind 49 rise 50 change
B ) 51 play with 52 as well 53 aren＇t any more
54 ． in my free time 55 all kinds of
七范文：
Our Dreams
Last Friday our class held a class meeting about our dreams Here is my report
Liu Wei isgoingto be a teacher when she growsup She likes kids She is going to study education Li Ming is going to be a policeman He wants to help people He is going to dosports every day Su Juan is going to be a movie star She likes acting She is going to takeactinglessons I want to be a scientist I＇minterestedin science and I＇m going to study it I＇m sure our dreams will cometrueoneday
点评：文运 WWH 法 写梦想 What Liu Wei—a teacher Li Ming—a policeman Su Juan—a movie star I—a scientist Why Liu Wei likes kids Li Ming wants to help people Su Juan likes acting I＇m interested in science How ： ( 第 5 8 11 句第 13 句半句 ) 行文流畅 字里行间流露出作者未美憧憬盼
添彩点：文熟练运模块高频出现短语 be going to grow up do sports take acting les sons be interested in come true one day 等 语言丰富准确恰
Module 5 关测试
限时： 60 分钟 满分： 100 分
题号
二
三
四
五
六
七
总分
分
单项选择 ( 题 1 分 15 分 )
1 ． —________the price of your iPhone 6s
—3 500 yuan
A ． What＇s B ． How much
C ． What D ． How
2 ． —How much money does Lingling________her dress
—100 yuan
A ． pay on B ． spend in
C ． pay for D ． spend at
3 ． Yao Ming is tallThat＇s one of his________ ．
A ． advantage B ． advantages
C ． disadvantage D ． disadvantages
4 ． —________ have you stayed in this city
—For more than 10 years
A ． How far B ． How soon
C ． How long D ． How old
5 ． I don＇t know where Mr Brown isYou can ask ________ ．
A ． someone else B ． else someone
C ． other somebody D ． else anybody
6 ． —What can I do for you
—I＇m looking at that dressIt looks niceMay I________ ？
A ． hold it on B ． tr y it on
C ． take it off D ． get it off
7 ． —How much meat do you want
—________ ．
A ． Sorry there isn＇t any
B ． I can＇t give you any
C ． Half a kilo please
D ． Twelve yuan a kilo
8 ． —Would you like to try some pizza
—Yes please It________lovely and________nice
A ． sounds sees
B ． hears turns
C ． looks smells
D ． sounds watches
9 ． —Excuse me where＇s the meeting room
—________ I will show you there
A ． This way please
B ． That＇s right
C ． I can manage
D ． In your dreams
10 ． The physics problem is too hard so ________students can work it out
A ． little B ． few
C ． a little D ． a few
11 ． ________your answers________those at the back of the book
A ． Compares with B ． Compare with
C ． Compares in D ． Compare in
12 ． The shop ________ from 8 ： 00 am to 5 ： 00 pm every day but i t ________ at 9 ： 00 pm at weekends
A ． open close
B ． open is closed
C ． is open closing
D ． is open closes
13 ． As we know the Yangtze River is one of________rivers in the world
A ． long B ． longer
C ． longest D ． the longest
14 ． —The meat is ____ ____ delicious
—Yes but don＇t eat ________
A ． too much too much
B ． much too too much
C ． too much much too
D ． much too much too
15 ． —What can I do for you
—________
A ． I＇m just kidding B ． I＇ll take it
C ． I＇m just looking D ． Take it easy
二完形填空 ( 题 2 分 20 分 )
On Sunday morning I usually get up late I wash my face and then go out to do morning exercises It is about 8 ： 20 a ． m After I eat my breakfast I often go to a shopping centre ________ 16 my mother The shopping centre is near my home so we walk there It ________ 17 us about 20 minutes to get there on foot The shopping centre has a good name It is ________ 18 新世纪购物中心 in Chinese It doesn＇t have an English name Can you help to put it into English It is new ________ 19 big ________ 20 many things such as TVs fridges bikes computers clothes books food and drinks There are many ________ 21 They are men and women old and young Parents must ________ 22 their children The shopping centre is so big Young children may get lost in it ________ 23 do many people come here to buy things do you know Let me tell you The things there are usually good and ________ 24 The workers there are nice and friendly If you come to my home I can take ________ 25 there to have a look
16 ． Afor B ． to C ． with D ． after
17 ． Amakes B ． takes C ． plays D ． spends
18 ． Acall B ． called C ． calls D ． calling
19 ． Abut B ． with C ． and D ． or
20 ． AThere is B ． There are C ． They are D ． There have
21 ． Astudents B ． children C ． people D ． friends
22 ． Alook after B ． look for C ． look at D ． look around
23 ． AWhy B ． How C ． What D ． Who
24 ． Adear B ． cheap C ． big D ． expensive
25 ． Ayou B ． them C ． him D ． her
三阅读理解 ( 题 2 分 10 分 )
Peter likes shopping on the Internet and http ： club 360 buy com is his favourite website He often buys things on it such as clothes and shoes He spends about 100 yuan buying things each month He often waits about three days before he receives his product
Peter＇s parents never buy clothes online because they can＇t try them on Peter＇s father thinks it＇s dangerous to pay over the Internet Peter＇s mother often goes to the mall ( 购物中心 ) with Peter＇s father It can make them relaxed after the tiring work There is always a sale on in the shops near their home so Peter＇s parents often go there
26 ． How much does Peter spend on the I nternet for six months
A ． About 300 yuan
B ． About 600 yuan
C ． About 900 yuan
D ． About 1 200 yuan
27 ． How long does Peter wait before he receives a product from the Internet
A ． About two days
B ． About three days
C ． About a week
D ． Over a week
28 ． The underlined word relaxed means________in Chinese
A ．兴奋 B ．激动
C ．沮丧 D ．轻松
29 ． Why don＇t Peter＇s parents buy clothes online
A ． Because things on the Internet are expensive
B ． Because online shopping is bad for their eyes
C ． Because they can＇t use a computer
D ． Because they can＇t try them on
30 ． Which of the following is NOT true
A ． Peter enjoys online shopping
B ． Peter buys shoes on the Internet
C ． Peter＇s mother thinks online shopping is dangerous
D ． Peter＇s father often goes to shops with his wife near their home
四务型阅读 ( 题 2 分 10 分 )
Today more and more students like going shopping on the Internet Do you have any ideas about it Here are four girls＇ ideas
Sandy twelve
I like new skirts and jeans At the weekend I usually go to the shops on the Internet When I see my favourite things I can pay for them with my credit card( 信卡 ) ．
Kitty thirteen
IthinkitisveryeasyandcheaptobuythingsontheInternet I only need to stay at home and choose the things I like I can get them quickly without going out I t doesn＇t take too much time
Wendy eleven
I＇m not good at computers I never go shopping on the Internet I don＇t think it is interesting When I want something I ask my parents to buy it for me in the shopping mall
Shirley twelve
Shopping on the Inte rnet is not good I can only see some pictures about the things I don＇t believe the notes near the pictures
31 ． Why does Kitty like going shopping on the Internet
________________________________________________________________________
32 ． Does Wendy go s hopping on the Internet
________________________________________________________________________
33 ． How can Sandy pay for her things on the Internet
________________________________________________________________________
34 ． Who isn＇t good at computers
________________________________________________________________________
35 ．画线部分译成汉语
________________________________________________________________________
五补全话 ( 题 2 分 10 分 )
A ： Welcome to I COOL YOU COOL madam How can I help you
B ： ________ 36
A This way please These are the latest fashion ________37
B It looks cool But I don＇t like bright green
A ： We＇ve got many other colors ： pink grey dark red and yellow ________38
B ： Pink Could you show me the light pink one
A ________39 And it＇s very thick
B I like it ________ 40
A It was 100 dollars but now it is only 50 dollars
B ： That＇s a great price I＇ll take it
A ． What＇s your favorite color
B ． How much is the bright green one
C ． Certainly It＇s very beautiful isn＇t it
D ． How much does it cost
E ． I want to buy a coat
F ． Yes I think it＇s my size
G ． What do you think of this one
六求完成句子 ( 题 1 分 10 分 )
A ) 方框中选出合适单词适形式填空
s omewhere market size receive late
41 ． There are two big____________near my homeI often shop there
42 ． Miss Liu often____________some nice cards from her students on Teachers＇ Day
43 ． He will come back home five days________ ．
44 ． I can＇t find my history book________ ．
45 ． —What________do you take
—Large
B ) 根汉语提示完成句子
46 ．稍等汤姆正做作业
________ ________ ____ ____ TomI＇m doing my homework
47 ．条连衣裙贵买
This dress isn＇t expensiveI＇ll________ ________
48 ．算妈妈买什？
What are you going to________ ________your mother
49 ．时间购物？
Can they go shopping ________ ________ ________ ？
50 ．常收哥哥信
I oft en ________ many letters ________ my brother
七书面表达 (25 分 )
现网购物越越流行请写篇关网购物文章注意写出网购物处坏处根模块学容进行描述词数少 80
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________ ___________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
_ _______________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________ __________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
__ ______________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________ _________________________________
Module 5 关测试
1 A 点拨： What＇s the price of ？意： …… 少钱？
2 ． C 点拨：题考查固定短语 pay for 意 …… 付款
3 ． B 点拨：题语法分析法第句句意：姚明高推知句意：优点 one of 名词复数选 B
4 ． C
5 ． A 点拨：题考查形容词修饰定代词法 else 修饰定代词时置
6 ． B
7 ． C 点拨：题考查情景交际问句句意 想少肉？ C 项 请半公斤 符合题意
8 C 9 A
10 ． B 点拨： students 数名词复数形式 few a few 修饰数名词根句意表否定选 B
11 ． B 点拨：题语法分析法 comparewith 意 …… …… 相较 祈句动词原形开头
12 ． D 点拨： open 作形容词时意： 营业 半句中 close 作动词意 关门 选 D
13 ． D 14 B
15 ． C 点拨：题正确握语境法解答 I＇m just kidding 开玩笑 I＇ll take it 买 I＇m just looking take it easy 着急 根句意 效劳？ 知售货员常说话 C 符合
二 16—20 CBBCB 21—25 CAABA
三 26 B 27 B 28 D 29 D 30 C
四 31 Because she thinks it is easy and cheap
32 ． No she doesn＇t
33 ． She can p ay for things with her credit card
34 ． Wendy
35 ．认网买东西容易便宜
五 36—40 EGACD
六 A ) 41 markets 42 receives 43 later
44 ． anywhere 45 size
B ) 46 Wait a minute 47 take it 48 buy for
49 ． at any time 50 receive from
七范文：
Withthehelpof the Internet shopping is not difficult anymore Just click your mouse to choose the product you like and the shopping isover You needn＇t walkoutof the room
But if you are not careful it will bring you some trouble You may find that the colour of the product isdifferentfromwh atyouwant or the size is too small or too large
I think online shopping is good and it is changing our way of life
点评：文运 ADO 法 描写网购物 Advantages ：第段 Disadvantages ：第二段 Opinion ：第三段文章结构清晰明逻辑性强
添彩点：描述网络购物优点时量短语 with the help of notany more be over walk out of 等文章增色少网络购物缺点进行描述时连词 if 短语 be different from 尤名词性句 what you want 彰显作者语力
Module 6 关测试
限时： 60 分钟 满分： 100 分
题号
二
三
四
五
六
七
总分
分
单项选择 ( 题 1 分 15 分 )
1 ． Zhang Yimou is famous________his films
A ． as B ． with
C ． for D ． at
2 ． Can you see the building ________ the bank
A ． between B ． next
C ． among D ． opposite
3 ． Just go straight and turn________ ． The hotel is________ ．
A ． left left B ． left on the left
C ． on the left left D ． left the left
4 ． From the London Eye you can see________London
A ． most of B ． many of
C ． much D ． many
5 ． —________ where is the nearest shop
—It＇s over there
A ． Excuse me B ． Sorry
C ． OK D ． Sure
6 ． Just walk down this road and you＇ll see the museum________your right
A ． on B ． in
C ． at D ． by
7 ． There ar e many trees________our house
A ． in front of
B ． on front of
C ． in the front of
D ． on the front of
8 ． It will________you one and a half hours to walk there
A ． pay B ． spend
C ． cost D ． take
9 ． She takes some medicine________three meals every day
A ． above B ． across
C ． between D ． along
10 ． —Look at those teachers over there Which is your new art teacher
—The man ______ __ curly hair He is very funny
A ． with B ． in
C ． on D ． for
11 ． —Would you please tell me the way to the Pacific Hotel
—Go ________ the post office and you＇ll find it on the left
A ． pass B ． past
C ． passing D ． passed
12 ． —Excuse me ________ can I get to the nearest bookshop
—Go along this road and you will find it on your right
A ． why B ． where
C ． when D ． how
13 ． —Could you ________ ？
—Sure
A ． show the new book me
B ． show the new book to me
C ． show it me
D ． show me to the new book
14 ． —Bob it＇s getting cold outside________take a jacket
—All right Mum
A ． Why do you B ． Why not
C ． Why did you D ． Why don＇t
15 ． —Oh my god I＇ve left my keys in the room I＇ll have to get in________the window
—It＇s dangerous You＇d better wait for your mom to come back
A ． past
B ． over
C ． across
D ． through
二完形填空 ( 题 1 分 15 分 )
Welcome________ 16 the zoo everyone Here________ 17 our tour plan ________ 18 carefully First we ________ 19 the Children＇s Zoo After that we walk________ 20 the Bird World Next is the African Area________ 21 are elephants and lions Don＇t________ 22 afraid the cages are________ 23 ．
Then we have________ 24 lunch Everybody brings________ 25 lunch right Som e of you don＇t have drinks There________ 26 many places________ 27 drinks
After lunch we go to the Asian Area Last there is the Butterfly Park It＇s________ 28 the Snake Park Then we come back here and ________ 29 the bus Remember—don＇t feed the animals O K let＇s ________ 30
16 ． Ato B ． in C ． from D ． at
17 ． Abe B ． am C ． is D ． are
18 ． AListen B ． Listen to C ． Hear D ． Hear of
19 ． Asee B ． look C ． visit D ． watch
20 ． Ain front B ． across C ． over D ． between
21 ． AThey B ． It C ． There D ． Where
22 ． Aam B ． is C ． are D ． be
23 ． Adanger B ． safe C ． dangerous D ． safety
24 ． Aa B ． an C ． the D ．
25 ． Atheir B ． they C ． them D ． its
26 ． Aam B ． is C ． are D ． be
27 ． Abuy B ． buys C ． to buy D ． buying
28 ． Ato B ． opposite C ． on D ． for
29 ． Aget in B ． get out C ． get on D ． get off
30 ． Ahave fun
B ． to have a nice day
C ． having good time
D ． having fun
三阅读理解 ( 题 2 分 10 分 )
Mrs Brown goes to see her son in London Her son works in a music club thereMrs Brown doesn＇t know London well so she can＇t find her way She sees a man at a busstop ． She wants to ask the man the way Excuse me Ca n you help me please Which bus goes to Miller＇s Shop Mrs Brown asks
The man is very friendly He smiles but he can＇t speak English He can only speak FrenchHe is new in LondonSo he has to point to a policeman
31 ． Mrs Brown goes to________in Lon don
A ． work in a club B ． find the way
C ． see her son D ． look for a job
32 ． Mrs Brown＇s son works in a________ ．
A ． big school B ． shop
C ． music club D ． bus stop
33 ． What does the underlined phrase bus stopmean in Chinese
A ．车库 B ．加油站
C ．交通灯 D ．公汽车站
34 ． Mrs Brown can＇t find her way because________ ．
A ． she is old
B ． she can＇t speak English
C ． she doesn＇t know London well
D ． she can＇t see anything
35 ． Which of the following is TRUE
A ． The man at the bus stop is an Englishman
B ． The man can＇t help Mrs Brown
C ． Mrs Brown can＇t speak English
D ． Mrs Brown can speak French
四务型阅读 ( 题 2 分 10 分 )
Beijing is the capital of China Not only Chinese people but also lots of foreigners come to visit it every day because there are so many places of interest in Beijing
Here＇s a map of Beijing And here is Tian＇anmen Square (A) TheGreatHallofthePeopleisonitsleft andonitsrightistheNationalMuseumofChina If you want to visit the Forbidden City just go straight ahead It＇s opposite Tian＇anmen Square Have you ever been to the Chairman Mao Memorial Hall It＇s between the Great Hall of the People and the museum
Do you like parks Maybe Beihai Park will be your favourite It＇s (B)________ quiet Let me tell you how to get there Go across the square (C)________ ( 左拐 ) into Cha ng＇an Jie and then (D)________ ( 右拐 ) into Chang Jie There＇s an entrance (E)________ ( …… 拐角处 ) Chang Jie and Wenjin Jie
Most people like shopping especially women In Beijing (F) 购物佳方王府井街． Go across the square take the first turning on the right go along Dong Chang＇an Jie and then turn left You can get to Wangfujing Dajie I＇m sure you will enjoy yourself there
36 ． (A) 处画线句子翻译成汉语
________________________________________________________________________
37 ．选择正确答案填入 (B) 处
A ． kinds of B ． many of C ． kind of
38 ． (C) (D) (E) 处短语翻译成英语
(C)________ (D)________ (E)________
39 ． (F) 处翻译成英语
the best place ________ ________ some ________ is Wangfujing Dajie
40 ．根文章完成话
—________ ________ I ________ ________the Forbidden City
—Go straight and it＇s opposite Tian＇anmen Square
五图填词 ( 题 1 分 10 分 )
Hi everyone I＇m very glad to show you around our town
Now we are standing at Zhenxing ________ 41 It＇s in the middle of our town And it＇s the best place to do some exercise and have a rest for many peopl e There is a bank ________ 42 it It is a white building ________ 43 there And it＇s on Qingnian Road There is a ________ 44 near the bank Lots of people come here to get some things Go ________ 45 Qingnian Road and you will find a beautiful park—Sun Park at the ________ 46 of the road Then ________ 47 left into Yonghe Road and our school is on the ________ 48 It＇s ________ 49 a bookshop and a post office It＇s not far from Sun Park There is a big swimming ________ 50 in the park so we sometimes walk alon g Yonghe Road to go there to swim It＇s great fun
六求完成句子 ( 题 1 分 10 分 )
A) 词适形式填空
51 ． Thousands of________(tour)come to visit Shanghai every day
52 ． Is there a____________(swim)pool near here
53 ． What a ________(clearly)day Let＇s go cycling together
54 ． I can finish ________(write) three novels during the winter vacation
55 ． Go ________ (cross)the road and then turn right
B) 求完成列题
56 ． Can you tell me the way to the bus station ( 改义句 )
Can you tell me ________ ________ ________ ________ the bus stat ion
57 ． The park is ontheleftofthemuseum ( 画线部分提问 )
________ ________ the park
58 ． The museum is famous in the city There are many old things in it ( 合句 )
The museum ________ ________ ________ ________ is famous in the city
59 ． Taking the boat is the best way to visit London ( 改义句 )
The best way to visit London is ________ ________
60 ． Lucy sits behind Tom( 改义句 )
Tom sits________ ________ ________Lucy
七书面表达 (30 分 )
图中 ● 处位置想医院生病朋友请英语表达出走两条路线 提示词： crossing 十 字路口 turning 拐弯处
() ________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
(二) ______________________ __________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________ _____________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
Module 6 关测试
1 C 点拨： be famous for …… 出名 be famous as 作 …… 出名
2 ． D 3 B
4 ． A 点拨：句意 伦敦眼部分伦敦收眼底 知处应 most of
5 ． A 6 A
7 ． A 点拨： in front of 指物体外部前方 in the front of 指物体部前方句意 房前许树 知选 A
8 ． D 9 C
10 ． A 点拨：考查介词法句意： —— 边老师新美术老师？ —— 卷发男老师非常趣 with 表示 带具 选 A
11 B 12 D
13 ． B 点拨：题固定搭配法 show sth to sb ＝ show sbsth 某某物某某物均代词时般 show sth to sb 结构
14 ． B 点拨：题交际法 Why not do sth ？表示 什做某事？ 通常提建议常口语中
15 D
二 16 A 点拨： welcome to 表示点名词作宾语
17 C
18 ． A 点拨：物动词 listen 副词 carefully 表示 仔细听
19 C
20 ． B 点拨：参观应该 穿 介词 across 表示 越
21 C
22 ． D 点拨： don＇t 动词原形 be afraid 构成系表结构
23 B
24 ． D 点拨：三餐名词前加冠词
25 ． A 26 C
27 ． C 点拨：名词 places 动词定式作定语
28 B 29 C 30 A
三 31 C 32 C 33 D 34 C 35 B
四 36 民会堂左边右边中国国家博物馆 37 C
38 ． (C)Turn left (D)turn right
(E)on the corner of
39 ． to do shopping 40 How can get to
五 41 Square 42 opposite 43 over
44 ． supermarket 45 along 46 end 47 turn
48 ． left 49 between 50 pool
六 A ) 51 tourists 52 swimming
53 ． clear 54 writing 55 across
B ) 56 how to get to 57 Where is
58 ． with many old things
59 ． by boat 60 in front of
七范文：
( ) Go along Guangming Road and turn left at the first crossing Then walk along Taishan Street and turn right into Guangdong Road Walk on and you can find the hospital on the left
( 二 ) Walk along Guangming Road and turn left into Wenhua Stree t Go along the street and turn right at the third crossing You can find the hospital on the left
点评：作者运 TWG 法 指示路线方 T ： turn left at the first crossing turn right into Guangdong Road 等 W ： walk along Taishan Street walk on 等 G ： go along Guangming Road 等
添彩点：作者思路清晰紧紧抓住关键词汇 turn go walk 定路线进行指引说明指导语简洁力语言流畅语准确体
期中测试卷
时间： 120 分钟 满分： 120 分
题号
二
三
四
五
六
七
八
九
十
十
总分
分
听力部分 (20 分 )
听句子选择适答语 ( 题 1 分 5 分 )
1 ． AHe is coming B ． He likes reading C ． He is friendly
2 ． AStrawberries B ． Bread C ． Potatoes
3 ． AHow funny it is B ． I like it very much C ． Good idea
4 ． ASounds great B ． Have a good trip C ． At 5 ： 30
5 ． AThat＇s all right B ． Don＇t worry C ． All right
二听五段话根话容选择适答语 ( 题 1 分 5 分 )
6 ． What＇s the man＇s telephone number
A ． 6033 2769 B ． 6203 3279
C ． 6033 2679
7 ． When will the volleyball match begin
A ． This afternoon B ． Tonight
C ． Tomorrow
8 ． What does the boy want the girl to do
A ． He wants to have a walk with her
B ． He wants her to see a film with him
C ． He wants her to buy a ticket for him
9 ． How does Mary go to school
A ． By bus B ． By bike
C ． By car
10 ． Where is Lucy going for the summer vacation
A ． England B ． America
C ． China
三听话选择正确答案 ( 题 1 分 5 分 )
听第段话完成 11 ～ 13 题
11 ． Where is the bike
A ． Beh ind the house
B ． In front of the house
C ． In the house
12 ． What is the girl going to buy
A ． Potatoes B ． Ice cream
C ． Pudding
13 ． Where are they talking
A ． In a hospital B ． At home
C ． In a library
听第二段话完成 14 15 题
14 ． When does the bank open
A ． At eight in the morning B ． At 9 a ． m
C ． At 8 p ． m
15 ． What is the lady＇s last question about
A ． How often the buses leave for Guangzhou
B ． Where to get the information about the buses
C ． The nearest toilet
四听短文根短文容完成列表格 ( 空超两单词 )( 题 1 分 5 分 )
My Grandfather
Daily activities
He goes for a walk in the ________ 16
He comes home for lunch at around __________ 17 o＇clock
A funny story
Two ________ 18 sent him back home in their car
My mother felt very ________ 19 but she thanked them
In fact he ________ 20 his w ay but just got tired
笔试部分 (100 分 )
五单项选择 ( 题 1 分 15 分 )
21 ． They stopped in ________ beautiful place for camping near ________ farmhouse of the Smiths
A ． a a B ． the a
C ． a the D ． the the
22 ． This eraser is black and that one is brown What about the ________ one
A ． second B ． two
C ． third D ． three
23 ． —How can we keep fit
—Get up early ________ get some exercise
A ． and B ． so
C ． or D ． but
24 ． —Is the ________ ready
—Yes Say qiezi
A ． taxi B ． camera
C ． dinner D ． book
25 ． —What do you think of the ________ ？
—Both teams are strong
A ． ticket B ． scarf
C ． place D ． score
26 ． I will get ________ Beijing ________ the morning of May 1st
A ． at in B ． in in
C ． to on D ． in on
27 ． His parents usually buy vegetables in the ________
A ． market B ． library
C ． office D ． museum
28 ． —Can you finish ________ these books before 10 o＇clock
—Yes I can
A ． to read B ． read
C ． reads D ． reading
29 ． —I don＇t like that film
—But many people think it ________
A ． expensive B ． hard
C ． fantastic D ． cold
30 ． The shoes look beautifulI want to ________
A ． try on it B ． try it on
C ． try on them D ． try them on
31 ． I am looking forward ________ my friends during the summer holidays
A ． visit B ． visiting
C ． to visiting D ． to visit
32 ． —We＇ll have a school trip to Fuzhou City Museum next week
—________ And I＇m sure you＇ll learn a lot
A ． Have fun B ． Cheer up
C ． Best wishes D ． Never mind
33 ． I don＇t like ________ watch I like________
A ． me your B ． my your
C ． me yours D ． my yours
34 ． —Can he sing English songs
—________ And he is going to sing one at the party
A ． Yes he can B ． No he can＇t
C ． Yes he does D ． No he doesn＇t
35 ． —Welcome to our town
—________
A ． Good idea B ． Thank you
C ． Wait a minute D ． Have a nice day
六完形填空 ( 题 15 分 15 分 )
What do you usually do after school You may go home and finish your homework ________ 36 you are a good studentAs a________ 37 finishing your homework is the first thing
________ 38 finishing your homework what will you do ？ Stay at home and watch TV ？ Well that sounds boringI think you can do some________ 39 things
One thing is to join different ________ 40 You can join the ________ 41 Club to learn to play the violin and the pianoYou can also join the ________ 42 ClubYou can play basketball soccer and volleyball there
The other thing is to ________ 43 old people and help them do________ 44 thingsYou can sing and dance for themYou can also________ 45 with them
As for me I usually read booksI like reading very much and I want to be a writer
36 ． Aor B ． because C ． but D ． although
37 ． Ateacher B ． student C ． worker D ． doctor
38 ． ABefore B ． After C ． Later D ． Ago
39 ． Aeasy B ． difficult C ． interesting D ． boring
40 ． Ateams B ． clubs C ． classes D ． schools
41 ． ASwimming B ． Food C ． Chess D ． Music
42 ． ALanguage B ． Art C ． Sports D ． Dance
43 ． Alook B ． visit C ． go D ． come
44 ． Amuch B ． some C ． any D ． few
45 ． Ato speak B ． to say C ． tell D ． talk
七阅读理解 ( 题 2 分 30 分 )
A
Shopping Guide in New World Shopping Mall
6F
Restaurant Coffee shopTea house
5F
Children＇s pleasure ground Cinema
4F
Electrical equipment
Writing materials
Office supplies
3F
Men＇s clothing
Bedding
2F
Women＇s clothing
Children＇s clothing
1F
Fruits vegetables meat eggs drinks cooked food etc Kitchen ware
Business hours
Weekdays 8 ： 00 am—6 ： 00 pm
Weekends 9 ： 00 am—9 ： 00 pm
46From the shopping guide we can see there are ________ floors in New World Shopping Mall
A ． five B ． six
C ． seven D ． four
47 ． On the second floor Mrs Zhang can buy clothing for her ________
A ． children B ． husband
C ． father D ． brother
48 ． You can buy _____ ___ and writing materials on the fourth floor
A ． desks B ． bowls
C ． quilts D ． shoes
49 ． You can invite your friends to ________ or drink tea on the top floor
A ． play games B ． watch films
C ． have lunch D ． go swimming
50 ． According to the guide Mr Li can go shopping ________ on weekdays
A ． at 7 ： 30 am B ． at 8 ： 30 am
C ． at 6 ： 30 pm D ． at 9 ： 00 pm
B
Someday in the future we may not need to have money in our pockets Is life easier when people don＇t need to carry any money at a ll Is money heavy to carry Is it safe to carry money Maybe in the future each of us will have only one small credit card ( 信卡 ) We will use it instead of money to buy all the things
Of course we may still have some of the same problems with cards we no w have with money For example we lose money from time to time Maybe we will lose the cards Maybe someone will take the cards Someone may even make a card and it just looks like our cards Since we can＇t buy anything without our cards the credit cards may be no better than money
Is there anything easier to use than credit cards Each of us has a thumbprint ( 拇指指纹 ) No two thumbprints are the same Maybe someday the government will keep people＇s thumbprints with a number When you want to buy something you will put your thumb on a machine or a computer Each store or business will possess one Everyone＇s thumbprints will be in the computer It will be difficult to lose our thumbprints It will be difficult for someone to steal it or to make one like it
51 ． The writer probably agrees that credit cards are ________ to carry than money
A ． heavier B ． easier
C ． more difficult D ． cheaper
52 ． What may be a problem with credit cards in the future
A ． We may lose the cards from time to time
B ． We won＇t be able to ma ke enough cards
C ． We may not know how to use the cards
D ． Someone will steal our cards at times
53 ． Someday the government may keep people＇s thumbprints with a ________
A ． sign B ． note
C ． number D ． machine
54 ． The underlined word possess probably means ________ in English
A ． lend B ． have
C ． sell D ． borrow
55 ． In the writer＇s opinion it＇ll be the best way to buy things with ________ in the future
A ． money B ． credit cards
C ． thumbprints D ． ID cards
C
There are some ways to improve your English but I think the most important thing is to make English all around you Here＇s some advice for you
▲ Listen to the radio in English If there are no English radio stations where you live listen to one on the Internet
▲Watch TV and movies in English If you have Eng lish channels on your TV watch them If there are no English channels you can buy some DVDs of English movies
▲Speak English to your friends You can find a friend whose native language is English and speak English with him as much as possible Ask your friend to correct you when needed
▲Study or travel to an English speaking country Of course the best way to improve your English is to live in English environments( 环境 ) You＇ll find yourself surrounded ( 围绕 )with the language everywhere It can be a more d ifficult and expensive choice but you may find it to be a very valuable and helpful experience
56 ． How many ways are mentioned in the passage
A ． Two B ． Three
C ． Four D ． Five
57 ． If there are no English radio stations where you live you can ________
A ． b uy a new radio
B ． buy some DVDs
C ． listen to one on the Internet
D ． find a friend to talk with you
58 ． What does the underlined word valuable mean in Chinese
A ．价值 B ．价值
C ．花费 D ．必少
59 ． Which of the following is NOT true according to the passage
A ． Y ou can watch English channels on your TV to improve your English
B ． You＇d better find friends whose native language is English to talk with you
C ． The best way to learn English is to live in all English environments
D ． Study or travel to an English speakin g country is a good choice because it doesn＇t cost you too much
60 ． From this passage we mainly know________
A ． how to improve our English
B ． the best time to listen to the radio in English
C ． make friends with foreigners
D ． the steps about how to study abroad
八务型阅读 ( 题 2 分 10 分 )
Today more and more students like going shopping on the InternetDo you have any ideas about it ？ Here are four girls＇ ideas
Sandy twelve
I like new skirts and jeansAt the weekend I usually go to the shops on the InternetWhen I see my favourite things I can pay for them by my credit card( 信卡 ) ．
Kitty thirteen
I think it is very easy and cheap to buy things on the Internet I only need to stay at home and choose the things I likeI can get them quickly without going outIt doe sn＇t take too much time
Wendy eleven
I＇m not good at computersI never do the shopping on the InternetI don＇t think it is interestingWhen I want something I ask my parents to buy it for me in the shopping mall
Shirley twelve
Shopping on the Internet is not goodI can only see some pictures about the thingsI don＇t believe the notes near the pictures
根短文容 补全缺信息 ( 空词 )
Name
Age
Ideas about shopping on the Internet
Sandy
12
At the weekend she usually goes shopping on the Internet She ________ 61 by her credit card
Kitty
13
She thinks it is very easy and ________ 62 to buy things on the InternetShe doesn＇t need to go out and then gets the things she likes
Wendy
11
She ________ 63 goes shopping on the Internet Her ________ 64 usually help her buy things in the shopping mall
Shirley
12
She thinks shopping on the Internet is not goodShe doesn＇t believe the notes ________ 65 the pictures
九情景交际 ( 题 1 分 5 分 )
A ： Oh look I like that blue sweater ________ 66
B ： Twenty dollars Oh I like these red socks
A ： ________ 67
B ： Do you like this T shirt
A ： Mmm yes I do But it＇s ten dollars
B ： Oh how much is the green sweater
A ： ________ 68 But you have a green sweater ________ 69
B ： Yes How much are they
A ： Only sixteen dollars
B ： OK ________ 70
A ． Do you like these trousers
B ． Oh no I don＇t like red
C ． I＇ll take them
D ． How much is it
E It＇s twenty five dollars
十根句意汉语提示完成单词 ( 题 1 分 5 分 )
71 ． I will work harder next ________( 学期 ) at school
72 ． There is an ________( 机场 ) in the east of the town
73 ． Let＇s go and ________( …… 喝彩 ) the players
74 ． I don＇t like crowded places because the air isn＇t usually ________( 新鲜 ) ．
75 ． The well is about ten ________( 米 ) deepYou＇d better stay away from it
十 书面表达 (20 分 )
五节 (May Day) 写篇少 80 词短文介绍假期活动安排开头已出计入总词数
My May Day holiday plan
MayDay is coming soonWe will have a three day holiday_____________________
_______________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
_________ _______________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________ __________________________
________________________________________________________________________
期中测试卷
听力材料 ：
1 What＇s your friend John like
2 ． What＇s your favorite fruit
3 ． Let＇s go to play basketball
4 ． I will go to Tibet for a holiday tomorrow
5 ． Sorry I＇ve broken your glasses
二 6W ： May I have your telephone number
M ： OKIt＇s 6033 2679
W ： 6033 2679Thank you
7 ． W ： I＇ve got two tickets for a volleyball match tonightWhy don＇t you go with me
M ： Great I＇ll go with you
8 ． M ： What are you going to do this evening
W ： NothingWhy
M ： I＇ve got two film tickets
9 ． M ： How do you go to school Mary
W ： My home isn＇t near the school so I take a bus to school
10 ． M ： The summer vacation is comingWhere are you going Lucy
W ： I am going to China to visit the Great Wall
三 Text 1
W ： Dad where is my bike
M ： It＇s under the tree behind the house
W ： Oh I seeI＇m going to do some shopping
M ： What are you going to buy
W ： Mum is preparing lunchI want to buy some potatoes
M ： Well but be careful
Text 2
M ： What can I do for yo u madam
W ： Could you please tell me where the bank is
M ： There is one opposite our hotelGo across the street
W ： Oh thanksDo you know when it opens
M ： It should be open nowIt opens at 8 ∶ 00 a ． m
W ： GoodAnd can you tell me how often the buses leave for Gua ngzhou
M ： You need to ask that policeman
W ： OKAnd just one more thingDo you know where the nearest toilet is
M ： Right behind you madamSee that sign
W ： OhThank you very much
四 Hello everyone Now let me tell you a funny story about my grandfather
My grandfather lives with my family Every morning he goes for a walk in the park and usually comes home for lunch at around eleven o＇clock
One day it was nearly twelve but he didn＇t return home yet While we were waiting a police car stopped in front of our house and two policemen helped my grandfather to get out One of them said to my mother The poor old man lost his way in the park and phoned us for help so we sent him home My mother was very surprised However she thanked them
After the policeme n left my grandfather smiled closed one eye and said I didn＇t lose my way I just got tired and didn＇t want to walk home
That is my grandfather a funny and lovely old man
听力答案：
1 － 5 CACBA
二 6 － 10 CBBAC
三 11 － 15 AABAC
四 16 park 17 11eleven 18 policemen
19 ． surprised 20 didn＇t lose
五 21 C 点拨： 美丽方 表示泛指定冠词 a 史密斯家农舍附 表示特指定冠词 the
22 ． C 23 A
24 ． B 点拨：常识法解答根 qiezi 知相时说话选 B
25 ． D
26 ． C 点拨： 达北京 get to Beijing …… 午 on the morning of
27 ． A 28 D
29 ． C 点拨：联系文法解答根文中 I don＇t l ike… 转折词 but 推测喜欢部电影认 非常棒
30 ． D 点拨： try on 宾语代词时代词必须放中间 shoes 知 them 代
31 ． C 32 A 33 D 34 A
35 ． B 点拨：情景交际法解答欢迎表示感谢选 B
六 36 B 37 B
38 ． B 点拨：联系文法解答根文 作名学生完成作业第务 接完成作业需干什呢？ after
39 ． C 点拨：处应文中 boring 相应 interesting
40 ． B
41 ． D 点拨：联系文法解答根学容 violin piano 知应该加入音乐俱乐部
42 ． C 43 B 44 B
45 ． D 点拨：语法分析法解答空前情态动词 can 处动词原形 talk with 意 某交谈 选 D
七 A ) 46 B 点拨：推理判断题根 1F 6F 知购物楼六层选 B
47 ． A 点拨：推理判断题根 2F 栏 Women＇s clothing Children＇s clothing 知二楼女士童服装张太太孩子购买服装选 A
48 ． A 点拨：推理判断题根 4F 栏中 Electrical equipment Writing materials Office supplies 知四楼购买书桌选 A
49 ． C 点拨：细节理解题购物商场六层根 6F 介绍 Restaurant Coffee shopTea house 知顶楼喝茶餐选 C
50 ． B 点拨：细节理解题根表格中营业时间 Weekd ays 8 ： 00 am—6 ： 00 pm 知工作日营业时间午 8 ： 00 午 6 ： 00 选 B
B ) 51 B 点拨：推理判断题根第段句 We will use it instead of money to buy all the things 知作者认携带信卡带钱更方便
52 ． A 点拨：细节理解题根第二段第三句 Maybe we will lose the cards 知携带信卡会丢失
53 ． C 点拨：细节理解题根第三段第四句 Maybe someday th e government will keep people＇s thumbprints with a number 知政府会编号形式保存指纹
54 ． B 点拨：词义猜测题根文 When you want to buy something you will put your thumb on a machine or a computer 知商店应该选 B
55 ． C 点拨：推理判断题根第三段两句知作者更愿意拇指指纹购物
C ) 56 C 点拨： 推理判断题根文中二三四五段知介绍听英语广播英文电视电影朋友说英语说英语国家学旅游等四种学英语效方法
57 ． C 点拨：细节理解题根第二段 If there are no English radio stations where you live listen to one on the Internet 句知果住附没英语广播电台网听英语选 C
58 ． B 点拨：词义猜测题根文 expensive choice 知价值帮 助次体验选 B
59 ． D 点拨：细节理解题根文章段句知国外学旅游种昂贵学英语方式 D 项错误
60 ． A 点拨：旨意题全文介绍提高英语水介绍种提高英语种方法选 A
八 61 pays 62 cheap 63 never 64 parents 65 near
九 66 － 70 DBEAC
十 71 term 72 airport 73 cheer 74 fresh 75 metres
十范文：
My May Day holiday plan
May Day is coming soon We will have a three day holiday I＇d like to talk about myplansforMayDay
Onthemorningofthefirstday I am going to stay in bedIn the afternoon I am going to do my homework Onthemorningofthesecondday I am going to go over lessonsIn the afternoon I am going to play football with my friends Onthemorningofthethirdday I am going to get up early I am going to have a picnic with my family
I＇m sure I＇m going to have a good holiday
名师点评：
文第段总领全文写出文章题 (my plans for May Day) 第二段具体写出天计划 (On the morning of the first day…On the morning of the second day…On the morning of the third day…) 表达美愿
文添彩点：
文运 On the morning of the first day… 等系列短语时间序写出假期计划条理清晰
Module 7 关测试
限时： 60 分钟 满分： 100 分
题号
二
三
四
五
六
七
总分
分
单项选择 ( 题 1 分 15 分 )
1 My good friend Joe ________ born ________ winter
A was in B was on
C is in D is at
2 My father is ________ me
A strict on B strict with
C strict in D strict as
3 Tom was very good in class but Tim wasn＇t He was quite ________
A good B well
C nice D difficult
4 Shanghai is ________ the east of China
A on B to
C in D with
5 I＇m looking forward to________you again
A meet B meeting
C met D to meet
6 We like playing in the garden ________ lots of trees
A has B with
C of D for
7 There are ________ in the lake
A many fish B much fish
C much fishes D lot of fish
8 —____________ ？
—She was very friendly
A What does she look lik e B What did she look like
C What is she like D What was she like
9 My dog is very ________ It is safe to touch ( 触摸 ) him if you want
A dangerous B difficult
C happy D friendly
10 —Who is in the ________ ？
—My father He is taking a bath now
A waiting room B bathroom
C living room D bedroom
11 It＇s a long ________story and we＇re ________ with it
A bored bored B boring bored
C boring boring D bored boring
12 There will be a new film ________ the weekend Would you like to go with me
A to B in
C off D on
13 The boy always has ________ a lot of questions to ask in class
A quite B very
C much D quiet
14 —When was your last trip
—________
A This weekend B Next weekend
C Last weekend D For three days
15 The ________ we saw her was in May
A last times B last time
C late times D late time
二完形填空 ( 题 1 5 分 15 分 )
My grandmother often tells me the story of her past life
My grandmother was ________ 16 in a small village ________ 17 24th July 1952 It is on the east coast ________ 18 China At that time because of many years＇ war ( 战争 ) many people had nothing ________ 19 But there were ________ 20 ponds in her village and there were many fish in them In summer she could swim in th em ________ 21 Her first school was Dazhang Primary School and her first teacher ________ 22 Mr Zhang He was strict ________ 23 my grandmother ________ 24 he was also nice to her They were looking forward to ________ 25 a better life
Now my grandmother i s living a comfortable life and she is very happy
16 A born B bore C bored D boring
17 A in B on C at D of
18 A about B on C of D from
19 A to eat B eating C eats D eat
20 A lot of B lot C lots of D a lots of
21 A also B neith er C either D too
22 A is B was C were D are
23 A in B with C of D about
24 A but B C so D or
25 A live B living C lives D lived
三阅读理解 ( 题 2 分 20 分 )
A
Name
Personal information
Yuan Longping
Born on September 7th 1930 Beijing China scientist
Bill Gates
Born on October 28th 1955 Seattle the USA the founder of Microsoft
Yao Ming
Born on September 8th 1980 Shanghai China super sports star
Stephen Hawking
Born on January 8th 1942 Oxford Britain professor
Jay Chou
Born on January 18th 1979 Taiwan China super music star
26 Who was born in October
A Jay Chou B Stephen Hawking
C Bill Gates D Yuan Longping
27 Where was Stephen Hawking born
A In Seattle B In Oxford
C In Beijing D In Shanghai
28 How old is Yao Ming now
A Thirty seven B Thirty eight
C Thirty nine D Forty
29 Who is the oldest of the five people
A Stephen Hawking B Bill Gates
C Jay Chou D Yuan Longping
30 Which of the following is TRUE
A Bill Gates was born in Oxford Britain
B Yuan Longping is a super star
C Jay Chou is a super music star from Taiwan China
D Stephen Hawking is the founder of Microsoft
B
A woman brought her little child to the dentist She went into the dent ist＇s room and told him Please do your job gently because my child is very afraid He gets afraid very easily The dentist said to her Don＇t be afraid and you don＇t have to worry The mother then said Oh That＇s very good I can leave everything to you and I＇ll wait outside because I＇m also very afraid I dare not stay here to look She then went to take a seat outside
Before she sat down there was a shout from inside a very loud shout She ran inside at once and scolded the doctor Hey Y ou made my child very painful He can＇t stand it anymore and you say you are a doctor The dentist then said It＇s not like that He is not the one who shouted It was me I just wanted to touch his tooth just now and he bit me My hand is nearly broken
31 The woman brought her son to ________
A the hospital B the shop
C the dentist D the school
32 How did the woman feel about it
A She was afraid B She was happy
C She was excited D She was surprised
33 What happened then
A The woman cried B Her son cried
C Another patient shouted D A very loud shout came out
34 Why did the doctor shout Because ________
A he was angry with the boy B he was glad to see the boy
C the boy bit him D his tooth was painful
35 Why did the boy bite the dentist Because ________
A he was bored B he wanted his mother here
C he was painful D he was afraid
四务型阅读 ( 题 2 分 10 分 )
Mr Wood was born in a small town He is very old now He sees many changes in his home town
He knows that things are different now But he never forgets the old days He likes to talk about them He often talks about his favourite birds— robins( 知更鸟 ) WhenIwasachildthesehouseswerenothere There were wide fields and tall trees Every spring the ro bins came Thousands of them flew up to the north from the south They spent the winter in the south Some built their nests( 巢 ) in the trees near the houses Then people started to cut down trees and they built more houses The robins stopped coming They couldn＇t build their nests near our houses because there were no trees Now there are too many houses and too many roads There are no places for the robins They do not come any more
根短文容 完成列务
务：判断列句子正 (T) 误 (F)
36 Mr Wood was born in a big ci ty ( )
37 Mr Wood likes robins best and often talks about them ( )
务二：文中画线句子翻译成汉语
38 ________________________________________________________________________
务三：简回答列问题
39 Where did some robins build their nests
______________________________ __________________________________________
40 Why did people cut down trees
________________________________________________________________________
五补全话 两项余 ( 题 2 分 10 分 )
A ： What are you doing Zhao Kai
B ________ 41
A Mandela Oh he was Preside nt of South Africa
B Yes ________ 42
A People all over the world were sorry for it When was he born
B ： ________ 43
A Was his village big or small
B Small
A ： ________ 44
B He was very good
A ： ________ 45
B From 1994 to 1999 He did a lot of things for his people
A What a great man
A When was he President of South Africa
B He was born in 1918 C Who was his first teacher
D What was he like at school
E I＇m reading a book about Nelson Mandela
F He has two daughters
G But he died ( 世 ) on December 6 2013
六求完成句子 ( 题 1 分 10 分 )
A) 根句意首字母提示写出正确单词
46 Three years a ________ I lived in Changsha with my parents
47 My brother teaches maths in Yangguang P ________ School now
48 Li Ming＇s friend lived in a v ________ in Hebei Province
49 There are many flowers in my g ________
50 The bedroom is very small but it is c ________
B) 求完成列题
51 We were at school yesterday ( 改否定句 )
We ________ ________ at school yesterday
52 What＇s the weather like today ( last Sunday 作时间状语改写句子 )
________ ________ the weather like last Sunday
53 What＇s the boy＇s name ？ ( 改义句 )
What＇s the________ ________the boy
54 MrsGao was my first English teacher ( 画线部分提问 )
________ ________ your first English t eacher
55 He was born inJuly 1988intheUSA ( 画线部分提问 )
________and________was he born
七书面表达 (20 分 )
根表格提供信息 Li Fang＇s past life 题写篇 70 词左右短文 适发挥 文章更加充实
Name
Li Fang
Born in
Jinan the capital of
Shandong Province
Born on
June 2 nd 1999
Primary school
Yuying Primary School
First English teacher
Mrs Gao
Character
Friendly and well behaved
Li Fang＇s past life
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________ ___________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
Module 7 关测试
1 A 2 B
3 D 点拨：题前应法句中 but 表转折关系知空格处需形容词 difficult 难付
4 C 点拨： in the east of 意 ……( 范围 ) 东边 海中国境选 C
5 B 6 B
7 A 点拨： fish 表示 鱼条数 时数名词单复数形
8 D 点拨：题逻辑推理法解答答语 非常友 描述某性格应 be like was 判断时态般时题选 D
9 D 点拨：题正确握语境法解答 dangerous 危险 difficult 难付 happy 高兴 friendly 友 根面 safe 知狗友
10 B 点拨：题寻找题眼法解答根答语句中 taking a bath 知选 B
11 B 点拨：形容物 令厌烦 boring 形容 感厌烦 bored
12 D
13 A 点拨： quite 十分
14 C 15 B
二 16 A 点拨：题考查固定搭配 be born 出生
17 B
18 C 点拨：题考查固定搭配 on the east coast of …… 东海岸
19 A 点拨：题语法分析法解答动词定式作置定语修饰前面 nothing
20 C 21 D 22 B 23 B
24 A 点拨：题分析句子结构法解答根句知处转折关系
25 B 点拨：题考查固定搭配 look forward to doing sth 盼做某事
三 A26—30 CBBDC B31—35 CADCD
四 36 F 37 T
38 孩子时候里没房子
39 In the trees near the houses
40 Because they wanted to build more houses
五 41—45 EGBDA
六 A ) 46 ago 47 Primary 48 village
49 garden 50 comfortable
B ) 51 were not 52 What was 53 name of
54 Who was 55 When where
七范文：
Li Fang＇s past life
Li Fang is my new friend She was __ born __ in Jinan the __ capital __ of __ Shandong __ Province She was __ born __ on __June 2nd 1999 The name of her primary school was Yuying Primary School and Mrs Gao was her first English teacher At __ that __ time Li Fang was very friendly and also well behaved I think all her classmates liked her very much
点评：文运 回忆家校师友法 描写生活围绕家乡 ( Jinan ) 学校 ( Yuying Primary School ) 老师 ( Mrs Gao ) 等描述 朋友李芳生活
添彩点：时态准确 ( 般时 ) be born in the capital of at that time 等短语语言生动流畅
Module 8 关测试
限时： 60 分钟 满分： 100 分
题号
二
三
四
五
六
七
总分
分
单项选择 ( 题 1 分 15 分 )
1 Once upon ________ time there ________ ten suns in the sky
A a were B a are
C were D are
2 He goes out without________a word
A speaking B saying
C speak D say
3 They________the faraway hill with their hands
A point to B points
C point D point on
4 Goldilocks decided ________ for a walk in the forest
A go B to go
C going D goes
5 He noticed a man________into the house
A gone B to go
C going D goes
6 They are looking________ They want to find a place to spend the night
A like B around
C with D without
7 We were all happy ________ movie stars＇ homes in Hollywood
A visit B visiting
C to visit D visited
8 I＇ll write down his telephone number Please pass me ________
A a paper B piece of paper
C a piece paper D a piece of paper
9 —Would you like some bread
—No thanks I＇m no t________
A thirsty B hungry
C happy D friendly
10 There is a picture on the ground Please ________
A pick up it B pick it up
C picked it up D picked up it
11 You＇d better return the book________the library
A off B without
C to D at
12 —Alex I think two hours of TV is enough for you
—Could I at least finish________this show
A watching B to watch
C watch D watches
13 The old woman walked into the big forest and soon she was________
A lost B loses
C losing D lose
1 4 —Who taught Zhu Zhiwen to sing
—________ He learned to sing by himself
A Everybody B Somebody
C Nobody D Anybody
15 It＇s not right to ________ others at the dinner table
A point out B shout
C point at D call out
二完形填空 ( 题 1 5 分 15 分 )
Once upon a time there was ________ 16 old farmer He loved money a lot He kept a lot of gold coins but ________ 17 used them He ________ 18 not give them to others He put them into a strong ________ 19 and put it in the ground He came to the ________ 20 every day to look at it This made him happy
________ 21 he came to the place but he could not ________ 22 the box He became very sad He began to cry ________ 23 a man came to him and said Don ＇ t cry Put a stone in the ground instead and ________ 24 it is a box of gold coins A stone will be ________ 25 the same( 相 ) because when the coins were there you never used them
16 A a B the C an D
17 A often B never C nearly D almost
18 A did B is C was D does
19 A bowl B bottle C cup D box
20 A earth B here C place D there
21 A Every day B From now on C One day D From then on
22 A find B look C look for D found
23 A Though B Then C Because D Or
24 A learn B let C think D know
25 A just B hardly C already D ever
三阅读理解 ( 题 2 分 20 分 )
A
Wolfgang Amadeus Mozart was an Austrian composer and pianist Many people think he was one of the best composers( 作曲家 ) of music of all time
Mozart was born in Austria in 1756 He was educated by his father a very good violinist Hi s father started to give him piano lessons when he was 4 years old When he was 6 he went on his first musical tour of Europe Mozart also wrote music When he was only about 5 years old he started to compose music At the age of 8 he composed his first real song When he grew up he wrote some of his most beautiful music ever heard However he died when he was only 35 years old
26 What was Wolfgang Amadeus Mozart
A A composer B A dancer
C A doctor D A teacher
27 How old was Mozart when he started to write music
A About 4 years old B About 5 years old
C About 6 years old D About 8 years old
28 How old was Mozart when he wrote his first real song
A 6 years old B 8 years old
C 35 years old D 56 years old
29 As he gre w up Mozart ________
A wrote some beautiful music B wrote some beautiful stories
C made some beautiful pianos D made some beautiful violins
30 It seems that the writer ________
A didn＇t like Mozart＇s music at all B liked Mozart＇s father very much
C thought Mozart could die earlier D wished Mozart could live longer
B
Maria lived near a forest She often played with the animals in the forest They were all her friends
One day Maria walked into the forest to play with her animal friends But to her surprise( 令惊讶 ) the forest was very quiet and the animals weren＇t there Maria hurried back to tell her parents Her parents returned to the forest with Maria The forest was still very quiet But Maria＇s father noticed a little monkey behind a b ig tree The monkey was dying They tried to save it But the monkey was too weak Before he died the monkey told them the truth( 真相 ) a ghost( 魔鬼 )wanted to get the forest so he asked all the animals to go away
Maria and her parents were very angry They decided to drive the ghost away They asked their friends and neighbors to help them The ghost was strong but the people were stronger At last the ghost left and the animals returned to the forest happily
31 Maria had lots of ________ friends
A b oy B girl
C plant D animal
32 One day the forest was quiet and Maria ________ why
A didn＇t know B didn＇t think about
C noticed D asked the animals
33 The little monkey ________ at last
A helped Maria to find other animals B walked away
C died because he was too weak D was well again
34 What do the underlined words drive away mean in Chinese
A 开车 B 离开
C 赶走 D 杀死
35 Who lived in the forest at last
A The ghost B The people
C The little monkey D The animals
四务型阅读 ( 题 2 分 10 分 )
Once there were two wolves They had a son when they were very old The baby wolf was very clever and they loved him very much But the baby wolf had a problem Helikedtoeatvegetablesbetterthanmeat His favourite vegetable was carrots His parents worried about this a lot They tried their best to teach him to hunt( 猎 ) and eat meat
One day the baby wolf saw a rabbit eating a carrot He jumped onto the rabbit very quickly and caught it His parents were really happy to see this Then they heard their son saying to the rabbit I don＇t want to eat you I only want your carrot Give me the carrot now
根短文容 完成列务
务：简回答列问题
36 How many children did the two wolves have
____________________________________________________________ ____________
37 What was the baby wolf＇s favourite vegetable
________________________________________________________________________
务二：文中画线句子翻译成汉语
38 ________________________________________________________________________
务三：完成列句子 ( 空词 )
39 The two wolves wanted to teach the baby wolf to hunt and ________ ________
40 One day the baby wolf saw ________ ________ eating a carrot
五补全话 ( 两项余 )( 题 2 分 10 分 )
A Hi Tang Bing ________ 41
B No I didn＇t
A Why
B Because I don＇t know how to w rite a fairy tale
A ________ 42
B Oh my computer didn＇t work yesterday
A ________ 43 Did you ask your brother for help
B Yes but he just told me two fairy tales
A That＇s enough I think ________ 44
B ________ 45 Please help me Mary
A OK
A I＇m sorry to hear that B You can make up one fairy tale like them
C Did you finish your homeworkD The stories are exciting and funny
E You can begin with Once upon a time there was
F You can search for some information on the Internet G But I can＇t write them out in English
六求完成句子 ( 题 1 分 10 分 )
A) 词适形式填空
46 I called you yesterday but nobody__________(answer)
47 My grandfather fell________(sleep) as soon as he went to bed
48 ________(final) I received my friend＇s letter
49 The boy fell into the river and________(cry) for help
50 We felt________(tire)after a long way
B) 根汉语完成句子
51 难道没房子里住？
________anyone________ ________the house
52 起初没注意老师
___ _____ ________ he didn＇t notice the teacher
53 男进房子
That man________the________house
54 听谁正敲门？
Listen Who＇s ________ ________ the door
55 纸变成鸟
The man ________ the paper ________ a bird
七书面表达 (20 分 )
仔细观察列四幅图片 展开合理想象 写篇短文
求：
1 词数 80 ～ 110 词间
2 字迹工整 语法正确 意思连贯 合逻辑 适发挥
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________ ___________________________________
Module 8 关测试
1 A
2 B 点拨： without 动词 ing 形式
3 A 4 B 5 C
6 B 点拨： look around 环顾 固定搭配
7 C 8 D
9 B 点拨：题寻找题眼法解答根问句中 some bread 知问饿饿答语应说 饿
10 B 点拨：题分析句子结构法解答 pick up 动词＋副词 结构代词作宾语时需放 pick up 间 祈 句中动词原形
11 C 12 A 13 A 14 C 15 C
二 16 C 点拨：题考查冠词法空面单词 old 元音音素开头前面冠词应 an 选 C
17 B
18 A 点拨：根句意知钱般时否定形式： did not ＋动词原形选 A 19 D
20 C 点拨：根句意知天方选 C
21 C
22 A 点拨：根句意知天方没找盒子选 A
23 B 24 C 25 A
三 A26—30 ABBAD
B31 D 点拨：细节理解题第段第二三句话知 Maria 许动物朋友
32 A 点拨：细节理解题第二段第二句话知 A 项正确答案
33 C 点拨：细节理解题第二段中 But the monkey was too weak Before he died 知猴子太虚弱死
34 C 点拨：词义猜测题第三段 Maria 父母非常生气 知决定 赶走 魔鬼 C 项正确
35 D 点拨：细节理解题 文章句 the animals returned to the forest happily 推断动物住森林里
四 36 One 37 Carrots
38 肉起更喜欢吃蔬菜
39 eat meat 40 a rabbit
五 41—45 CFABG
六 A ) 46 answered 47 asleep 48 Finally
49 cried 50 tired
B ) 51 Didn＇t live in 52 At firs t
53 entered littlesmall
54 knocking at
55 changed into
七范文：
It was a sunny afternoon After school Li Lei was on his way home happily Suddenly he saw __ an __ old __ woman __ lying __ on __ the __ ground __and the vegetables were everywhere She looked terrible Li Lei looked __ around __but found nobody Help __ or __ not __ help ？ he said __ to __ himself If __ he __ helped __ the __ woman __she might ask him for money when she came to life If __ he __ didn＇t __ help __ her __sh e might lose her life Finally Li Lei decided to help her Luckily the old woman was saved She praised Li Lei How helpful the boy is Let＇s learn from him
点评：文运 5W 法 叙述发生放学路事 who Li Lei an old woman when a sunny afternoon where on Li Le i＇s way home what Li Lei helped the old woman why saw the old woman lying on the ground If he didn＇t help her she might lose her life
添彩点：时态准确 ( 般时 ) see sb doing look around say to oneself 等短语语言生动流畅疑问句 Help or not help ？两 if 条件状语句 表现公李 磊矛盾心情 表述位 显示出作者良语言运力
Module 9 关测试
限时： 60 分钟 满分： 100 分
题号
二
三
四
五
六
七
总分
分
单项选择 ( 题 1 分 15 分 )
1 Over 10 000 runners joined a half marathon in Xianlin Nanjing ________ May 7 2017
A in B on
C at D by
2 He helps others ________
A in one＇s life B in his life
C on his life D in life
3 Before you go to Canada you need to learn more ________ it
A from B in
C by D about
4 They sell books ________ newspapers
A as well as B so that
C so much D as good as
5 Her dog＇s ________ made her very sad
A die B dead
C death D died
6 The novel is great It＇s well worth ________
A read B reads
C reading D to read
7 We need to do some research to ________ the answer
A find out B look out
C hand out D take out
8 My grandparents are 70 but they look ________
A old B young
C small D big
9 Happy ________ Day Mum Let me do the cooking for you today
A Woman＇s B Womans
C Women＇s D Womens＇
10 The man worked hard and finally he ________ a fam ous singer
A got B were
C changed D became
11 Joy ________ David in 2011
A married with B married to
C married D got married
12 Are you reading the book RomeoandJuliet ________ Shakespeare
A for B with
C by D as
13 ________ comes after September and before November in a year
A July B April
C March D October
14 —What＇s the news about
—Here is today＇s ________ You can read it and learn about some news in it
A book B newspaper
C computer D play
15 Mr Wang ________us English last year
A taught B teach
C teaches D teached
二完形填空 ( 题 1 分 15 分 )
Chi Li is one of the best known Chinese writers She was ________ 16 in the 1950s ________ 17 19 Chi entered a medical college in 1976 After she graduated she ________ 18 as a doctor at a hospital in Wuhan As she loved ________ 19 much more she ________ 20 to Wuhan University to study Chinese language and literature ________ 21 1983 She chose ________ 22 as her profession( 专业 )
During the 1980s Chi wrote many works full ________ 23 love In the 1990s her works such as ApartFromLove and TheSunWasBorn were ________ 24 lives of young people and everyday problems Since 2003 Chi has ________ 25 a higher level in her works And many of her novels have received a _ _______ 26 honor LifeShow is one of her representative( 代表性 ) works and ________ 27 has been translated into many languages The ________ 28 shows the real life of a common woman in Wuhan
Chi says Writers don＇t need to be anyone ________ 29 they should b e able to understand everyone So she often travels ________ 30 to get a feel of how the world is and tries to understand people from all social strata( 阶层 )
16 A bear B live C born D lived
17 A At the age of B At the moment C In the beginning D In the end
18 A became B worked C enjoyed D become
19 A medicine B travelling C literature D travel
20 A go B gone C goes D went
21 A on B for C since D in
22 A teaching B writing C nursing D reading
23 A with B for C in D of
24 A over B under C about D on
25 A reached B arrived C went D reach
26 A great B nice C bad D good
27 A she B they C it D them
28 A picture B story C newspaper D play
29 A or B till C but D and
30 A alone B lonely C single D double
三阅读理解 ( 题 2 分 10 分 )
Mary was an operator( 接线员 ) of 911 in Los Angeles One Thursday morning she was surprised to get a call from a little girl She said Mum my ill Mum my ill again and again Mary soon found the address of the call Sh e called the police In a minute the policemen and doctors arrived at the house They broke the door open They couldn＇t believe their eyes The little child was so young that maybe she could not walk She was sitting beside her mother and holding her moth er＇s hand Tears were running down her face
The doctors gave the woman some medicine and soon she woke up Later she told people Everyone was surprised that my daughter could call 911 On Monday I tried to teach her how to call 911 but she couldn＇t d o it Mary was surprised too It＇s the first time that I have seen a two year old child call 911
31 What did the girl really want to say
A Mum I＇m ill B My mum is ill
C Mum and I are ill D You are ill
32 How did the policeme n feel when they got into the room
A Strange B Normal
C Surprised D Angry
33 How did the policemen get into the room
A By breaking the door B With the girl＇s help
C Through the window D With the mother＇s help
34 What does the unde rlined worditmean
A 911 B Calling 911
C Walking D Speaking
35 What can we learn from the passage
A The little girl was so clever that she could call 911 when she was 2
B The love for her mother created the miracle( 奇迹 )
C The mother knew she had to teach the little girl how to call 911
D Mary was a policewoman
四务型闯关 ( 题 2 分 10 分 )
Oscar Wilde was born on 16th October 1854 He wrote many plays poems and short stories TheSelfishGiant ( 私巨 )is one of the most fam ous short stories for children
There was a giant in the village (A) Hehadagardenwithalotoftrees flowersandbirds The children in the village liked playing in the garden But the giant wanted to keep (B) them out and built a big wall (C) Springcamebutthe gardenstayedquietandcoldwiththesnow The giant was sad and lonely Then the children made a hole in the wall And the sun flowers and birds came back here where they played This time the giant asked them to stay in the garden He was very happy with his little friends
根短文容 求完成列务
务：写出文中 (A) 处画线句子义句
36 ________________________________________________________________________
务二：写出文中 (B) 处画线单词指代容
37 ________________________________________________________________________
务三：文中 (C) 处画线句子翻译成汉语
38 ________________________________________________________________________
务四：选择正确答案
39 What did Oscar Wilde do
A A doctor B A teacher
C A writer D A farmer
务五：简回答问题
40 Is TheSelfishGiant a short story
______________________________ __________________________________________
五补全话 两项余 ( 题 2 分 10 分 )
A ： Morning Kate
B ： Morning Zhang Ya
A ： ________ 41
B ： I read a book
A ： ________ 42
B ： TinyTimes 1
A ： Wow ________ 43
B ： Yes The writer Guo Jingming is my favourite Chinese writer
A ： You＇re right And he made a movie called TinyTimes 1 in 2013
B ： I know ________ 44
A ： I read TinyTimes 2 and TinyTimes 3 They are also wonderful
B ： ________ 45 I think I will love them
A ： It is very popular
B ： When was he born
C ： I bought them from the bookshop yesterday
D ： What did you do last night
E ： Did he marry
F ： I watched it and I loved it very much
G ： What kind of book did you read
六求完成句子 ( 题 1 分 10 分 )
A) 根句意首字母提示写出正确单词
46 They are b ________ a big house near the park
47 Christmas is o n D ________ 25th
48 Shakespeare d ________ at the age of fifty two
49 Only the r ________ people had cellphones in the early 1980s
50 Yuan Longping is a s ________ scientist
B) 根汉语完成句子
51 贝蒂爷爷生活贝蒂生活
Betty＇s grandfather＇s life was ________ ________ Betty＇s
52 应该互相学
We should ________ ________ each other
53 八岁时候骑行车学？
Did you ride a bike to school ________ ________ ________ ________ eight
54 19 世纪 60 年代什流行？
What was the most popular ___ _____ ________ ________ ？
55 离开帐篷 开始走入森林
He ________ the tent and ________ ________ ________ into the forest
七书面表达 (30 分 )
根面提供关海伦 · 凯勒历解 写篇关英语文章 80 词左右提示：
6 months old—can say a few words
19 months old—be badly ill can＇t see hear or ta lk
6 years old—have a teacher learn to read through her hands
grow up—become a writer the first book— TheStoryofMyLife
________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________ _________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
___________________________ _____________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________ ___________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
_ _______________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________ __________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
Module 9 关测试
1 B 2 B
3 D 点拨： learn about 意 解
4 A 点拨： as well as 符合语境
5 C
6 C 点拨： be worth doing 值干某事
7 A 8 B
9 C 点拨： Women＇s Day 意：妇女节
10 D 点拨：题词义辨析法 got 获 were changed 改变 became 变成句意知选 D
11 C 12 C 13 D 14 B
15 A 点拨： last year 知句时态般时 teach 式 taught
二 16 C 点拨： be born 出生
17 A 点拨： at the age of …… 岁时
18 B 点拨： work as 做 …… 工作
19 C 点拨：半句学文学专业知更爱文学
20 D 21 D
22 B 点拨：段第句 Chi wrote many works full of love 知选择写作专业
23 D 24 C 25 A
26 A 点拨： a great honor 高荣誉
27 C 点拨：代文中 LifeShow 单数形式 it
28 B
29 C 点拨：表示两句意思转折 but 选 C
30 A
三 31 B 点拨：细节理解题两岁孩子表达清通文知孩表述 妈妈病
32 C 点拨：细节理解题通第段中 They couldn＇t believe their eyes 相信眼睛 推知警察惊讶
33 A 点拨：细节理解题通 They broke the door open 知破门入选项 A 意义相符
34 B 点拨：逻辑推理题根 I tried to teach her how to call 911 知拨 911 电话
35 B 点拨：纳概括题观全文：文章讲述 2 岁女孩拨 911 电话救母事前女孩没学会拨电话母亲爱创造奇迹
四 36 There were a lot of lots of many trees flowers and birds in his garden
37 The children (in the village)
38 春天花园里安静寒冷积雪
39 C 40 Yes Yes it is
五 41—45 DGAFC
六 A ) 46 building 47 December 48 died
49 rich 50 successful
B ) 51 different from 52 learn from
53 at the age of 54 in the 1860s
55 left began to walk
七范文：
Helen Keller was a very famous writer She was clever when __ she __ was __ young She could say a few words when she was six months old But when she was 19 months old she was badly ill and after that she could not see hear or talk Luckily she had a good teacher at __ the __ age __ of six She learned to read through her hands Then when she grew up she became a writer Her first book was TheStoryofMyLife
Her story encourages people around the world
点评：文运 三段法 介绍海伦 · 凯勒生文章开头 head 引出物 ——Helen Keller 文章体 body 详细介绍生重事件 文章结尾 end 总结影响 —— 鼓舞世
添彩点：时间状语句 when she was young 连接词 after then 等运 文章时间序序展开 恰运模块学词汇短语 famous become at the age of 等等体现灵活贯通学致力
Module 10 关测试
限时： 60 分钟 满分： 100 分
题号
二
三
四
五
六
七
总分
分
单项选择 ( 题 1 分 15 分 )
1 They arrived ________ Shanghai ________ a cold morning
A in in B in on
C at on D at in
2 The shop ________ nice shoes Let＇s go and ________ a pair
A sells sell B sells buy
C buys sell D buys buy
3 I＇m sure it won＇t ________ you a lot of time to finish the work
A spend B cost
C pay D take
4 All of us enjoy living in Qingdao ________
A a lot of B lots of
C a lots D a lot
5 The boy was ________ at the ________ film
A excited excited B exciting exciting
C excited exciting D exciting excited
6 Would you like to do some ______ __ with me
A shop B shoping
C shopping D shopped
7 He gave us ________ good news We were all happy
A so B such
C such a D so a
8 Please remember some rules in the museum ________ don＇t touch anything Second don＇t make any noise
A Fi rst of all B By the way
C In fact D So far
9 When Liu Fang was ________ holiday she visited her grandparents
A at B of
C in D on
10 —________ did the 6th Chinese Film Festival in France last
—From May 24th to July 19th
A How often B How soon
C How long D How many
11 —When will Mr Green ________ Beijing
—In a week
A reach B get
C arrive D come
12 —________ did you pay for the CD
—Only nine dollars
A How many B How much
C How long D How often
13 —It＇s too late I have to go now
—Oh it＇s raining heavily outside You＇d better wait here ________ it stops
A until B since
C while D though
14 Last Tuesday morning we ________at home
A relax B relaxes
C relaxed D relaxing
15 —________ ？
—It＇s August 11th
A What day is it today B What time is it
C When is it D What＇s the date today
二完形填空 ( 题 2 分 20 分 )
Jack ________ 16 in a small town in England He always stayed in England ________ 17 his holidays but last year he thought I＇ve never been to ________ 18 countries All my friends went to Spain ________ 19 they liked it very much so this year I＇m going there too So he got on a ________ 20 to Spain and ________ 21 at the airport of the capital Madrid and he stayed in a hotel for a few days On the first morning he went ________ 22 for a walk In England people drive on the left but in Spain they drive on the right Jack forgot about this and ________ 23 he was walking on a busy stree t a bicycle knocked him down
Jack ________ 24 on the ground for a few minutes and then he sat up and said Where am I ？
Just then an old man selling maps went past him When he heard Jack＇s words he said to him ________ 25 Maps of the city sir ？
16 A flew B lived C went D dropped
17 A for B off C with D into
18 A all B both C other D any
19 A and B but C though D however
20 A bus B plane C train D bike
21 A reached B left C arrived D stayed
22 A down B up C away D out
23 A before B while C since D after
24 A lay B stood C fell D jumped
25 A once B on time C at times D at once
三阅读理解 ( 题 2 分 10 分 )
Last summer Cathy＇sfamily went to New York for their summer holiday It is the largest city in the US They stayed there for two weeks
First they visited the Statue of Liberty It is one of New York＇s most famous historical sites( 历史景点 ) Millions of people visit it every year
On the second day they went to the Empire Stat e Building From the top of the building they saw most parts of New York
On the third day they visited the Metropolitan Museum In this museum they saw a lot of famous paintings
During the rest time of the week Cathy went to Bronx Zoo with her youn ger brother and sister
In the second week the family visited Long Island They all had a good time
26 Cathy＇s family went to ________ for their summer holiday
A New York B London
C Paris D Beijing
27 The underlined wordIt refers to _____ ___
A New York B the US
C Cathy＇s home D New York＇s historical sites
28 How long did Cathy＇s family stay in New York
A Three days B Four days
C One week D Two weeks
29 Cathy＇s family visited ________ on the first day of their summer holiday
A the Statue of Liberty B the Empire State Building
C the Metropolitan Museum D Bronx Zoo
30 ________ Cathy＇s family visited Long Island
A On the first day B In the first week
C On the second day D In the second week
四务型闯关 ( 题 2 分 10 分 )
May 24th
This morning we had a school trip to the Dashan Collection House a building of two floors It is open from 9 ： 00 am to 5 ： 00 pm We got there as soon as it was open When we entered the collection house our eye was caught by a collection of old photos of the town on the walls of the front hall Those photos told us something about the history of the town And then in the art room we saw many pictures of the countryside The colours of the flowers and the trees are rich and br ight All at once I lost myself in the beauty of nature
Then we went upstairs On the left there were over one hundred different clocks The oldest clock was already more than two hundred years old To my surprise the clocks all worked well and they c ould tell the right time It was then ten o＇clock and some clocks produced different beautiful sounds It seemed to be a concert How amazing
On the right there was also a stone collection The stones were from all over the country They were in differen t sizes colours and shapes Some looked like different kinds of animals I really liked one stone that looked like a little monkey It looked very nice
The collections there were wonderful So we stayed there until 11 ： 30 in the morning I had a great t ime and really liked the school trip
根短文容回答问题
31 On which day did the writer have a school trip
________________________________________________________________________
32 Where did the writer go for the school trip
_______________________________ _________________________________________
33 What did the writer see in the art room
________________________________________________________________________
34 How many kinds of collections are mentioned in the passage
________________________________ ________________________________________
35 How long did they stay there
________________________________________________________________________
五方框中单词完成面短文 ( 题 1 分 10 分 )
lights sell manager began was just worked wonderful till arrive
Mr Tang ________ 36 to work in a car company four years ago At first he was ________ 37 a worker Mr Tang ________ 38 very hard in the company Soon the company asked him to ________ 39 cars in Shanghai In the big city Mr Tang worked harder than before He w as always the first man to ________ 40 When others left the ________ 41 in his office were still on
In 2013 there ________ 42 a car show in Shanghai The company asked Mr Tang to have a ________ 43 plan for the car show To get it he worked ________ 44 12 o＇clock every night After his hard work the company was very pleased( 满意 ) with his idea Now Mr Tang is the ________ 45 of the car company in Shanghai
六求完成句子 ( 题 1 分 10 分 )
A) 方框中单词适形式填空
date arrive relax sell palace
46 We went to the Su mmer ________ with our teacher
47 I know today is Monday but I don＇t know what the ________ is
48 We decided to move to the US so we wanted to ________ our old house
49 I feel ________ when I listen to music
50 Lisa ________ at the airport on time
B) 根汉语完成句子
51 猜着？见喜欢歌手
________ ________ ？ I ________my favourite singer
52 昨天叔叔开车送火车站
Yesterday my uncle ________ ________ ________ the railway station
53 天前度次棒海旅
I had a wonderful trip to Shanghai ________ ________ ________ ________
54 年露西爷爷常晚饭散步
Lucy often ________ ________ ________ ________ with her grandfather after dinner last year
55 年夏天女开心？
________ your daughter ________ ________ ________ ________ last s ummer
七书面表达 (25 分 )
七年级生活结束 丰富彩学校活动定留许美回忆根图表提示 选择次喜欢活动进行描述 ( 青岛改编 )
容包括：
1 次活动程
2 收获感受
求：
1 词数： 80 ～ 100 开头已出 计入总词数
2 文中出现真实校名名
My school life in Grade 7 is coming to an end I had a lot of sweet memories
_________ _______________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________ __________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________ ___________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
Module 10 关测试
1 B 点拨：题寻找题眼法解答 arrive 点应接介词 in 寒冷早晨 介词 on
2 B
3 D 点拨： It takes sb some time to do sth 花费某时间干某事
4 D 点拨： a lot 意：非常常修饰动词
5 C 点拨：题词义辨析法 excited 常修饰 exciting 常修饰物选 C
6 C 点拨： do some shopping 固定搭配
7 B 点拨：题语法分析法 news 数名词前应 such 修饰
8 A 9 D 10 C 11 A
12 B 点拨：题寻找 题眼法解答根答语中 dollars 美元 知询问 少钱 选 B
13 A 点拨：题词义辨析法 until 直 …… 止 since while …… 时 though 哦 外面正雨 推知 空格句句意：等雨停选 A
14 C 15 D
二 16 B 点拨：根句意知杰克住英格兰镇选项符合逻辑选 B
17 A 点拨：总呆英格兰度假
18 C 点拨：根短文容知未国家 o ther
19 A 点拨：结合前文知朋友西班牙喜欢表示承关系
20 B 点拨：文中 airport 出杰克登西班牙飞机选 B
21 C 点拨： arrive at 点 reach 物动词 at
22 D
23 B 点拨：根容 繁忙街走时辆行车撞倒 知答案
24 A 点拨：句意：杰克躺分钟然坐起说： ？
25 D
三 26 A 点拨：细节理解题第段第句 Last summer Cathy＇s family went to New York for their summer holiday 知 Cathy 家暑假纽约
27 A 点拨：逻辑推理题文描述知 It 里指纽约市
28 D 点拨：细节理解题第段句 They stayed there for two weeks 知 Cathy 家纽约呆两周
29 A 点拨：细节理解题第二段第句 First th ey visited the Statue of Liberty 知第天 Cathy 家参观女神
30 D 点拨：细节理解题段第句 In the second week the family visited Long Island 知第二周 Cathy 家参观长岛
四 31 On May 24th
32 The writer went to the Dashan Collection House
33 The writer saw many pict ures of the countryside
34 There are four kinds
35 For two and a half hours
五 36 began 37 just 38 worked
39 sell 40 arrive 41 lights 42 was
43 wonderful 44 till 45 manager
六 A ) 46 Palace 47 date 48 sell
49 relaxed 50 arrived
B ) 51 Gue ss what met 52 drove us to
53 a few days ago 54 went for a walk
55 Did have a good time
七范文：
My school life in Grade 7 is coming to an end I had a lot of sweet memories
Among __ them __ what __ I __ remember __ most __ was __ the __ school __ trip __ which __ I __ took __ with __ my __ classmates
We went to a hill on a spring afternoon The weather was warm and fine On the way we walked laughing __ and __ singing And we were excited to see many beautiful flowers and some lovely animals When we got there we took __ lots __ of _ _ photos and then cooked lunch We had fun
It was really a wonderful trip How __ happy __ we __ were
点评：文运 5W1F 法 写游记类作文 5W who ( I my classmates ) where ( a hill ) when ( on a spring afternoon ) what ( walked we were excited to see took lots of photos cooked lunch ) weather ( warm and fine ) 1F feelings ( wonderful happy )
添彩点：巧妙运模块学词汇短语 excited wonderful take lots of photos 等 词灵活恰 做活学活第二段第句含定语句复杂句 laughing and singing 现分词作伴状语 How happy we were 感叹句系列高级结构句式运 文章容 充实 语言优美 行文然流畅落俗套
Module 11 关测试
限时： 60 分钟 满分： 100 分
题号
二
三
四
五
六
七
总分
分
单项选择 ( 题 1 分 15 分 )
1 When you go to a party for ________ first time you should arrive there on ________ time
A B the the
C the D the
2 Sam say goodbye ________ your grandparents
A in B on
C to D of
3 We often walk arm ________ arm when we go to school
A on B in
C at D to
4 It is polite ________ somewhere else in some places
A look B looked
C looks D to look
5 Jack can you help me ________ the chair to the other side
A nod B move
C touch D wave
6 —Do you mind my sitting here
—No ________
A thanks B please don＇t sit here
C not at all D go away
7 ________ late for the meeting It＇s impolite
A No B Not
C Don＇t D Don＇t be
8 —Mike don＇t make so much noise It＇s too late
—________ I＇ll go to bed right now
A Not bad B You＇d better not
C Yes I will D Sorry I won＇t
9 In the US some people shake ________ when they meet
A hands B hand
C a hand D
10 —Must I ________ my camera Mary
—No you ________ Don＇t worry I＇ll take one myself
A bring can＇t B take mustn＇t
C take needn＇t D bring shouldn＇t
11 There are some ________ in the shop and they want to buy som e Chinese products
A Germans B Indian
C American D Englishman
12 My computer is different ________ yours but it is the same ________ hers
A from from B as as
C from as D as from
13 She is very ________ and everybody likes her very much
A rude B polite
C quicker D slowly
14 I hid my bag ________ in my bedroom But now I can＇t find it
A somewhere B anywhere
C everywhere D nowhere
15 —What＇s the best way ________ English
—Try to speak English as much as possible
A to lea rn B learn
C learning D learns
二完形填空 ( 题 1 分 15 分 )
It is said that eyes can speak Do you have such kind of ________ 16 ？ In a bus you may look ________ 17 a stranger but not too ________ 18 If he notices that he is being looked at he may ________ 19 uncomfortable It is ________ 20 same in daily life
When you are looked at for several more ________ 21 you will look ________ 22 up and down in order to ________ 23 if there is anything wrong with you If ________ 24 goes wrong you will feel angry with th e person who is looking at you ________ 25 can speak right
Looking too long at someone may seem to be impolite But sometimes things are ________ 26 If you wish to draw someone＇s ________ 27 you may look at him or her more than ten seconds For lovers t hey enjoy ________ 28 at each other longer to show the love that words cannot ________ 29 Clearly eye communication should be done according to the relationship ________ 30 the two people and the certain situation
16 A future B fear C experience D ex ercise
17 A on B for C in D at
18 A late B long C low D loud
19 A feel B smell C sound D taste
20 A a B an C the D
21 A time B times C a time D some time
22 A itself B himself C myself D yourself
23 A see B guess C hear D expect
24 A something B nothing C everything D anything
25 A Ears B Eyes C Mouth D Nose
26 A different B difficult C tiring D boring
27 A direction B lesson C attention D trouble
28 A look B to look C looking D looks
29 A writ e B print C read D express
30 A among B between C beside D near
三阅读理解 ( 题 2 分 10 分 )
A greeting is a way of sayingHelloto someone People in different countries greet each other in different ways Here are some
World Greetings
the
Philippines
The everyday greeting for friends is a handshake for both men and women Men sometimes pat each other on the back
Japan
When people meet for the first time they usually bow In business people also shake hands
In formal situations people often exchange business cards When you give a business card give it with two hands This is polite Special note ： In Japan a smile can have different meanings It usually means that the person is happy or that the person thi nks something is funny But it can also mean that the person is embarrassed
New
Zealand
Usually both men and women shake hands when they meet someone for the first time Fun fact ： If you see two people pressing their noses together they are probably Ma ori people The Maori people are the native people of New Zealand This is their traditional greeting
Brazil
Men often shake hands when they meet for the first time
When women meet they kiss each other on the cheek Women also kiss male friends to sa y hello
When you shake hands look at the person in the eyes This shows interest and friendliness
31 In which country do men sometimes pat each other on the back
A The Philippines B Brazil
C Japan D New Zealand
32 In this passage which of the following is NOT mentioned
A Kisses B Nodding
C Bows D Handshakes
33 Of the five pictures above(a b c d and e) which is the same way to greet each other in the four countries
A a B b
C c D d
34 Which of the following is true according to the passage
A Both men and women shake hands in Brazil when they meet
B Japanese won＇t smile until they feel very happy
C The Maori people often press their noses together to greet each other
D In the Philippines people sha ke hands only when they meet for the first time
35 What does the writer mainly want to tell us in the passage
A Different ways of greetings B Four countries
C Some fun facts D Some special notes
四务型阅读 ( 题 2 分 10 分 )
When I was a boy I didn＇t have any hair on my head So I was very shy I liked to watch my friends play in the park Sometimes I would join them but most of the time I just watched them play
Every day we would see an old man walking in the park He had big ears and no hair We thought he was dumb( 哑 ) Every time when my friends saw him they would say loudly Hey Mr Dumb what＇s the time ？ But they got no answer or even any sign of body language
One early evening I was standing outside my house and I saw the old man coming I was not with any of my friends and there were no other kids around to say the usual words of greeting
But how could I let the old man walk by without saying anything ？ So for the first time I asked Hey Mr Dumb what＇s the time ？
The old man looked at me Then he looked at his watch and answered It＇s six thirty I ran into my house and never said that greetingto the old man after that day
根短文容回答问题
36 What did the writer look like when he was a boy
________________________________________________________________________
37 Did the old man answer the children＇s questions with body language
________________________________________________________________________
38 Why didn＇t the old man answer the children＇s questions
________________________________________________________________________
39 Where did the boy himself meet the old man
________________________________________________________________________
40 From the last sentence how do you gu ess the boy may feel
________________________________________________________________________
五补全话 ( 题 2 分 10 分 )
W ： Tom I have some questions about your country Canada
M ： Okay ________ 41
W ： What do you usually do when you meet someone for the first tim e
M ： ________ 42
W ： How about time ？ For example when a party is at eight o＇clock do you get there at seven forty five
M ： No we can arrive about fifteen minutes late
W ： OK ________ 43
M ： Oh no For a business meeting you must make sure you＇re on time
W ： M m I heard that it＇s rude to make noise when eating Is that true
M ： Yes it is ________ 44
W ： One more question Will you take a gift when you visit anyone
M ： Yes it＇s polite to take some flowers
W ： ________ 45
A Thanks
B We shouldn＇t do it
C We usually shake hands
D What do you want to know
E Is it the same for business meetings
六求完成句子 ( 题 1 分 10 分 )
A) 括号中词适形式完成句子
46 Be ________(carefully) with the knife Tom
47 Everyone needs ________(person) space from time to time
48 ________(German) is a European country and it＇s very beautiful
49 This baby＇s ________(foot) are big
50 The little girl is very kind and she always talks to people ________(polite)
B) 根汉语完成句子
51 见老师时 应该鞠躬
You should ________ ________ tea chers when you meet them
52 窗户站着危险
Don＇t stand ________ ________ the window It＇s dangerous
53 相互学提高英语
They learn from ________ ________ to improve their English
54 孩子手放起玩游戏
Children ________ their hands ________ to play games
55 实 点喜欢古典音乐
________ ________ I don＇t like classical music ________ ________
七书面表达 (30 分 )
假设李伟 美国网友 Mike 想解中国肢体语言方面俗请根面提示容 写封电子邮件 解答 Mike 疑问少 80 词
提示容：
① 第次见时候微笑 握手
② 说话时候离太果太 会觉舒服
③ 长时间注视
____ ____________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
Module 11 关测试
1 D 2 C
3 B 点拨：题固定搭配法 arm in arm 固定搭配意 臂挽臂
4 D 点拨： It is polite to do sth 做某事礼貌
5 B 点拨：题正确握语境法 nod 点头 move 移动 touch 触摸 wave 挥手
6 C
7 D 点拨：祈句否定形式需动词前加 Don＇t
8 D 9 A
10 C 点拨： must 引导般疑问句否定回答 needn＇t take 带走 符合语境
11 A 12 C 13 B 14 A
15 A 点拨：动词定式作置定语修饰前面名词
二 16 C 17 D 18 B 19 A 20 C
21 B 22 D 23 A 24 B 25 B
26 A 27 C 28 C 29 D 30 B
三 31 A 点拨：细节理解题 the Philippines 应描述中提 Men sometimes pat each other on the back 知答案
32 B 点拨：细节理解题文中没提点头选 B
33 A 点拨：较辨题较四国家礼节描述提 握手 选 A
34 C 点拨：细节理解题 New Zealand 中应 If you see two people pressing their noses together they are probably Maori people 知选 C
35 A 点拨：旨意题文中讲问候方式选 A
四 36 He didn＇t have any hair on his head
37 No he didn＇t
38 Because he thought the children were rude
39 Outside the boy＇s house
40 He may feel sorry
五 41 － 45 DCEBA
六 A ) 46 careful 47 personal 48 Germany
49 feet 50 politely
B ) 51 bow to 52 close to 53 each other
54 put together 55 In fact at all
七范文：
Dear Mike
How＇s __ everything __ going You are interested in Chinese cus toms about body language aren＇t you Some of the customs are __ the __ same but some of them are __ different __ from those in the West
In China when we meet others for the first time we usually smile and shake __ hands with them When we talk with them we don＇t stand too close __ to them If you stand too close to them that may make __ them __ feel uncomfortable Remember __ not __ to stare at them all the time That __ is __ the __ most __ important __ thing __ you __ should __ know
I＇m looking forward to seeing you in China
Yours
Li Wei
点评：文运 三步法 介绍风俗惯 1 总体介绍 ( 第段 ) 2 分细节介绍 ( 第二段 ) 3 祝福期收尾 ( 第三段 )
添彩点： How＇s everything going ？表明作者信件写作较熟练 be the same be different from 等短语体现作者较语言运力 整第二段中作者模块学知识点运恰分短语 shake hands close to 等尤 make sb do sth rememb er not to do sth 更体现出作者深厚英语语言功底
Module 12 关测试
限时： 60 分钟 满分： 100 分
题号
二
三
四
五
六
七
总分
分
单项选择 ( 题 1 分 15 分 )
1 What________her________ ？
A make sad B makes sadly
C made sad D made sadly
2 —We all like Miss Wang
—I agree with you She always makes her English classes________
A lively B living
C alive D live
3 This cake tastes so nice Can I have________ one
A another B the other
C other D others
4 —Which city would you like to live in Beijing or Shanghai
—________ I＇d like to choose Kunming
A Either B Both
C Neither D None
5 Neither my father nor my mother ________rock music They think it＇s too ________
A like noisy B likes noise
C like noise D likes noisy
6 Beethoven wrote many beautiful ________in his life
A piece of music B pieces of musics
C pieces of music D piece of musics
7 ________ bad day It＇s raining hard We have to stay at home
A How a B What a
C How D What
8 Rock and roll is a type of ________music
A classical B modern
C rap D traditional
9 I＇m tired I want to take________
A a break B a breaks
C an breaking D an break
10 My cousin wants to be a ________ like Lang Lang Because he likes playing the piano too
A player B waiter
C musician D teacher
11 —He doesn＇t speak English or Japanese ________ ？
—________ He speaks Chinese
A does he Yes he doesn＇t B doesn＇t he No he does
C does he No he doesn＇t D does he Yes he does
12 Please keep quiet If you make a lot of________ the others can＇t hear me clearly
A music B voice
C sound D noise
13 The Huangpu River goes________Shanghai
A over B across
C through D past
14 Not only I but also Lucy ________ classical music
A enjoy B enjoys
C to enjoy D enjoying
15 My uncle showed __ me __ around Beijing yesterday
A brought me in B took me in
C brought me up D took me around
二完形填空 ( 题 2 分 20 分 )
Who is that That＇s Zhang Haochen He is one of the greatest young ________ 16 in China
Zhang Haochen was born on June 3 1990 in Shanghai He showed his ________ 17 talent when he was only a small boy He ________ 18 the first music show in Shanghai Concert Hall at the ________ 19 of five In 2002 he took part ________ 20 the 4th Tchaikovsky( 柴夫斯基 ) International Youngsters Music Competition He became the ________ 21 piano player who won first prize in the history of the competition In 2004 he took part in the 5th Asian Internati onal Chopin( 肖邦 ) Piano Competition in Japan and won the gold ________ 22 In 2005 Zhang Haochen went to ________ 23 at the well known Curtis Institute of Music ( 柯蒂斯音乐学院 ) in America His teacher is Gary Graffman Mr Graffman is also the teacher of the _____ ___ 24 musician Lang Lang
In 2009 Zhang Haochen won the gold prize at the world ________ 25 piano competition—Van Cliburn International Piano Competition in the United States The 19 year old boy was the youngest piano player in the competition and he was also the first Chinese to win this prize
16 A singers B writers C artists D pianists
17 A memory B music C singing D drawing
18 A gave B made C had D found
19 A age B year C end D beginning
20 A at B in C for D to
21 A richest B poorest C youngest D oldest
22 A prize B ring C photo D chain
23 A spend B develop C improve D study
24 A good B famous C foreign D favourite
25 A bright B safe C top D public
三阅读理解 ( 题 2 分 10 分 )
Hip hop dancing( 街舞 ) is popular with many young people today They like it because they can invent their own moves They use this dance to show their love for life It also shows that they feel good about life that they just want to be themselves and enjoy lif e and that they are not afraid of problems
Hip hop dancing has a history of more than 20 years It first began in the 1980s in the US In early times it was seen in New York and Los Angeles At that time many young black people often danced to the mus ic in the streets They used their legs arms heads and even shoulders to dance Many young people still use most of these moves today
Hip hop dancing became popular all over the world because of the 1983 movie Flashdance Some people performed Hip hop dancing new school and old school More and more young people are learning Hip hop dancing People believe that it is a good way to exercise their bodies and that it is good for their health
26 Young people like Hip hop dancing because ________
A i t has a history of more than 20 years
B it first began in the US
C they can invent their own moves
D many young black people often dance it
27 At first Hip hop dancing was seen ________
A in the movies B in the streets
C in the old schools D in t he new schools
28 The young black people used their ________ to dance at that time
A legs B heads
C arms and shoulders D A B and C
29 Hip hop dancing became popular all over the world ________
A in the 1980s B in 1983
C 20 years ago D in early times
30 Which of the following is TRUE about Hip hop dancing
A It＇s not a good way to exercise
B It shows that young people feel bad about life
C Young people use this dance to show their love for life
D It shows that young people are afraid of problems
四务型阅读 ( 题 2 分 10 分 )
Have you seen the videos on TV ？ Do you wear large T shirts and baggy jeans ？ Or have you heard someone rap ？ Hip hop is very hot now
Hip hop was created during the early 1970s by Afric an Americans in New York The rap music break dancing( 霹雳舞 ) graffiti( 涂鸦 ) art and some other things make up Western hip hop culture Most of the hip hop songs are about love jobs or even games
Usually in rap singers speak words very quickly to a certain beat Most of the words are fun Singers use words to make fun of themselves or others Hip hop has few rules Singers just do what they think and rap it out in a clever or creative( 创造性 )way It makes a lot of teenagers fall in love with hip hop Many of t hem like wearing large T shirts and baggy jeans Famous rap and hip hop stars include Eminem in the US and Jay Chou in China
Today hip hop is more and more popular across most of the world
根短文容简回答列问题
31 Is hip hop very hot now
_________________ _______________________________________________________
32 When was hip hop created
________________________________________________________________________
33 What are most of the hip hop songs about
___________________________________________________ _____________________
34 Does hip hop have many rules or few rules
________________________________________________________________________
35 Why do a lot of teenagers fall in love with hip hop
_________________________________________________________ _______________
五补全话 ( 题 2 分 10 分 )
A Hi Wang Yu Do you know SingMySong ( 中国歌曲 )
B Yes I watch it every Friday evening ________ 36
A What do you think of the pieces of music
B ： ________ 37
A The songs are different because they are original ( 原创 )
B Yes ________ 38
A I like him too His original song Juanzhulian is very famous
B Yes ________ 39
A Haha My family are all his fans
B I like his words Make my own music
A ： ________ 40
B Good luck to him
A And the singer Huo Zun is my favourite
B It is very popular in China
C I believe he will be a great composer and singer
D Many students in our class are his fans
E Really wonderful
六求完成句子 ( 题 1 分 10 分 )
A) 括号中单词适形式完成句子
41 Mozart was one of the most important________(compose)
42 Mid Autumn Day is a____________(tradition)festival( 节日 )
43 The two________(Germany)are his foreign friends
44 Many____________(music) are playing the piano in the hall
45 He is from Germany He likes __________(west) music
B) 根汉语完成句子
46 华尔兹舞曲全欧洲出名
His waltzes made him famous ________ ________ Europe
47 李磊吉姆坐公汽车学
________ Li Lei ________ Jim go to school by bus
48 点喜欢篮球
She________like playing basketball________ ________
49 喜欢听舞曲
He enjoys listening to ________ ________
50 离开时告礼貌
It＇s________to________ ________ ________others when you leave
七书面表达 (25 分 )
假王飞名中学生爱听音乐节目请某音乐节目持写封 80 词左右信信容：
① 喜欢节目尤 (especially) 英文歌曲
② 疲劳时会开收音机听节目
③ 通听英文歌曲学会单词
④ 喜欢听 Whydidyouleaveme ？首歌希歌词 (words of the song)
________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________ ____________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
Module 12 关测试
1 C 2 A
3 A 点拨：句意：块蛋糕尝起吃吃块？ another 符合语境
4 C 5 D 6 C 7 B 8 B 9 A
10 C 点拨：题寻找题眼法解答根面 piano 知 C 关
11 C
12 D 点拨：题词义辨析法 music 音乐 voice 嗓音 sound 声音 noise 噪音 make noise 制造噪音选 D
13 C 14 B
15 D 点拨： show sb around ＝ take sb around 领某四处参观
二 16 D 点拨：文知张昊辰位年轻钢琴家选 pianists
17 B 点拨： 钢琴音乐关处指张昊辰时候表现出非音乐天赋
18 A 点拨： give a music show 意 进行次音乐表演
19 A 点拨： 文 five 知处短语 at the age of ＋年龄
20 B 点拨： take part in 意 参加
21 C 点拨： 联系文难出张昊辰位非常年轻钢琴家题应选 youngest
22 A 点拨：文 In 2004 he took part in the 5 th Asian International Chopin( 肖邦 )Piano Competition in Japan 知参加日举行钢琴赛赢金奖
23 D 点拨：文 the well known Curtis Institute of Music( 柯蒂斯音乐学院 ) 知张昊辰 2005 年柯蒂斯音乐学院学
24 B 点拨：根常识知郎朗国著名青年钢琴家 famous
25 C 点拨： 文 he was also the fi rst Chinese to win this prize 难推测出范 · 克莱国际钢琴赛项国际顶级赛选 top
三 26 C 27 B 28 D 29 B 30 C
四 31 Yes it is
32 During the early 1970s
33 Love jobs or even games
34 Few rules
35 Because singers just do what they think and rap it out in a clever or creative way
五 36—40 BEADC
六 A ) 41 composers 点拨：题干中出现 one of 面名词应复数
42 traditional 43 Germans 44 musicians 45 Western
B ) 46 all over 47 Both and
48 doesn＇t at all 49 dance music
50 polite say goodbye to
七范文：
Dear sir
I＇m a middle school student I always listen to your radio programme I like it very much especially the English songs
As a student I＇ m __ busy __ with my lessons When I feel tired I will turn __ on the radio and listen __ to your programme I＇ve also learne d many English words from those songs
Of all the English songs I like Whydidyouleaveme best Would __ you __ please send me the words of the song
Yours
Wang Fei
点评：文运 总分总法 描述英语歌曲第段 ( 确定题：英语歌 ) 起总领作 第二段细节方面描述英语歌重性 段结尾处重点表达中某首歌喜爱
添彩点：第 段中副词 always especially 作者音乐节目尤英文歌喜爱描述淋漓致第二段中较短语 (be busy with turn on listen to learn from) 文章增色少第三段中句型 Would you please ？运句型作者礼貌提出求语言非常位体现作者较语言功底
第二学期期末 测试卷
时间： 1 2 0 分钟 满分： 120 分
第Ⅰ卷 听力部分 (25 分 )
Ⅰ 听句子选择佳答语 ( 题 1 分 5 分 )
1 ASure B I＇d love to C Thanks
2 AGreat B Yes I am C No it isn＇t
3 AYes I study hard B No I don＇t study hard C I study by working with a group
4 AI think so
B Don＇t worryYou＇ll be successful if you keep on it
C Yes you do
5 ANo I＇m not B Yes I do C I don＇t know
Ⅱ 听话问题选择正确答案 ( 题 1 分 5 分 )
6 AOn foot B By bike C By bus
7 A70 dollars B 17 dollars C 7 dollars
8 AOn May Day B On Father＇s Day C On Mother＇s Day
9 AThe man＇s uncle B The man C Nobody
10 APlaying the piano B Playing football C Playing basketball
Ⅲ 听话选择正确答案 ( 题 1 分 5 分 )
听第段话回答第 11 ～ 12 题
11 When will the party take place
A Last Sunday B Next Sunday C This Sunday
12 Will the man come to the party
A Yes he will B No he won＇t C We don＇t know
听第二段话回答第 13 ～ 15 题
13 What did the man do at the weekend
A He watched a film B He stayed at home C He watched TV
14 Where did the man have his lunch at the weekend
A At home B At the school dining hall C In a restaurant
15 What happened to the woman
A Her bike was broken B She fell off her bike C Her arms ached
Ⅳ 听短文选择正确答案 ( 题 2 分 10 分 )
16 ________often ask Where are you going ？ when two friends meet in the street
A Americans B Japanese C Chinese
17 How will Americans feel if you ask them Where are you going ？
A They＇ll feel happy B They＇ll feel surprised( 惊讶 ) C They＇ll feel excited
18 What does the question Have you had your meal ？ mean in Americans＇ eyes
A They think it is an invitation ( 邀请 )
B They think it is a greeting
C They think it is an introduction
19 Which of the following will NOT be used as a greeting in America
A How are you B Hello C How old are you
20 What does the speaker mainly want to tell us
A More foreign languages should be learnt
B Different countries have different customs ( 风俗 )
C Some questions can only be asked by the police
第 Ⅱ 卷 笔试部分 (95 分 )
Ⅴ 单项选择 ( 题 1 分 10 分 )
21 Every evening my daughter plays ________ piano for an hour
A the B a
C D an
22 —Which would you like to read paper books or e books
—My parents only allow me to read paper booksThey________my eyes
A talk about B hear about
C learn about D worry about
23 ―________ gloves are these ―SorryI don＇t know
A Who B Whom
C Whose D Who＇s
24 Old Mr Black lives happily with his three dogs________ of them are part of his family
A Both B All
C Every D Else
25 —When ________ you ________ this book
—Last year
A did write B did wrote
C d o write D do wrote
26 He likes Donald Duck a lot so he is looking forward to ________ in Disneyland
A has a picnic B going sightseeing
C do some sightseeing D watches TV
27 I was angry with Tina because she said________ about me
A something personal B anything personal
C personal something D personal anything
28 ________ his partner ________ he has been to Paris so they know Paris well
A Neither nor B Not only but also
C Either or D Both and
29 —Was there a school in the village before ？ —________
A Yes it was B Yes there was
C No there was D Yes there wasn＇t
30 —________fine weather it is
—YesLook ________ many people are walking around the park
A What So B How So
C How Such D What a So
Ⅵ 完形填空 ( 题 1 分 10 分 )
Do you think of your parents Yes of courseyou may answerMaybe you buy a present for your mother on Mother＇s Day and you give your father __ 31 __ on Father＇s Day tooThen __ 32 __ the other days of the year Always remember to think o f your parents not just __ 33 __ some important days
I have a friendShe lives __ 34 __ because her parents live in another cityOne day I went to visit herWe had a nice chatThen she wanted to __ 35 __ a telephone callShe dialed the number but then she pu t the phone downAfter about ten __ 36 __ she dialed the number againHi Mum
Later I asked Why did you dial the number __ 37 __ ？ She smiledBecause my parents are oldThey can＇t get close to the telephone __ 38 __ I always do so when I call themI ju st give them enough __ 39 __ to answer the call
My friend is a good girlShe is always thinking of her parentsWhat do you think of this I think we should do some small things for our parents and make them __ 40 __ every day
31 Ait B one C this D that
32 Ahow about B how often C how much D how long
33 Aby B with C on D of
34 Alonely B happily C sadly D alone
35 Atake B make C play D buy
36 Ahours B months C seconds D days
37 Aonce B twice C three times D four times
38 Aquickly B slowly C quietly D hardly
39 Amoney B food C room D time
40 Aplease B pleasure C pleasant D pleased
Ⅶ 阅读理解 ( 题 2 分 30 分 )
A
Dear Jack
How are you I know you will come to my city to visit me next SundayLet me tell you the way to my houseWhen you walk out of the airport go down Long StreetYou will pass a bank on your rightThe bank is opposite a famous theatreGo on and cross White Street and Black StreetWhen you see a big supermarket turn leftThen go down High Street and tur n right at Sunshine ParkGo down Centre Street and you will go past a church and a squareMy house is on your leftIt＇s about 15 minutes＇ walk
I＇m looking forward to seeing you soon and I hope you＇ll have a good trip
Yours
Michael
41 Jack will meet Mi chael ________
A this Sunday B this Monday
C next Sunday D next Monday
42 Jack may ________ to Michael＇s house after he walks out of the airport
A ride a bike B walk
C take a bus D fly
43 The underlined word pass means ________ in Chinese
A 传递 B 错
C 进入 D
44 Where is the bank
A It is next to a church B It is opposite a theatre
C It is in front of a supermarket D It is between the airport and a theatre
45 How many streets are mentioned ( 提 ) in the letter
A Three B Four
C Five D Six
B
Once upon a time a cat and a mouse were good friendsThey lived a happy life in the same houseOne day they went to the market and bought a big piece of cheeseThey put it under a tree for winter
A few days later the mouse wanted to eat the cheeseHe told the cat that he had to go to a baby＇s birthday party and then leftThe mouse ate half of the cheese and returned homeWhen the cat asked him what the baby＇s name was the mouse said Half gone
After a few days the mouse wanted some cheese againHe told the cat he had to go to another baby＇s birthday partyHe finished the other half and told the cat the baby was called All gone
When winter came the cat went to the tree to get the cheeseBut he found nothingFrom then on mice and cats were not friends any more
46 Where did they get the cheese
A At the party B At the market
C In the museum D In the house
47 Where did they put the cheese
A Behind a tree B Under a tree
C Behind a bed D Under a bed
48 Who ate the cheese
A The mouse B The cat
C The cat and the mouse D We don＇t know
49 The underlined word another means ________
A after something else
B things or people in a group
C something belonging to ( 属 ) a man
D one more person or thing of the same type ( 类型 )
50 What can you learn from the passage
A The mouse thought the cat was stupid
B The mouse didn＇t like the cat at first
C The mouse didn＇t think the cat loved cheese
D The mouse didn＇t go to any birthday pa rties
C
Tom was eight years oldHe was a good boy but he could not get up earlyHe slept until nine or ten o＇clock in the morningHe was often late for school
Tom＇s mother didn＇t want him to be late for school so she bought him an alarm clock ( 闹钟 ) She said to Tom You must get up when you hear the clock ring
Yes Mum said TomAfter that Tom got up at seven thirty when he heard the clock ring
One day his mother forgot to make the clock get ready to ringAnd the next morning Tom didn＇t get up at seven thirtyIt was time for breakfastMother went to see himTom was in bed and his eyes were open
Why didn＇t you get up ？ Mother was angry
You told me to get up when I heard the clock ring so I am waiting for the bell
51 Tom was a________
A teac her B student
C worker D doctor
52 Tom＇s mother bought him a clock because________
A he couldn＇t get up on time B it was very beautiful
C it was Tom＇s birthday that day D he liked it very much
53 The clock rang at________
A 6 ： 30 B 7 ： 00
C 7 ： 30 D 8 ： 00
54 What happened that day
A The clock was broken B Tom was ill
C The clock didn＇t ring D Tom got up early
55 Tom didn＇t get up on time that day because he________
A was waiting for the bell to ring in bed B didn＇t want to go to school
C didn＇t want to have breakfast D forgot to go to school
Ⅷ 务型阅读 ( 题 2 分 10 分 )
Mr Black is going to give a ① ________ party for BettyBetty is his daughter
② Betty is going to be fifteen years oldBetty has many good friends ③ 中 are going to come to the partyThey are all girls
Mr Black is getting ready for the partyMrsBlack is helping himThey are going ④ ________ nowMr Black buys a big and beautiful cake and many fruitsThey are pears oranges apples and bananasThen they go home
It i s three thirty in the afternoonEverything is readyNow the first girl—Mary is comingThe birthday party is going to start in thirty minutes
56 ① 处填适词 ________
57 ② 处句子译成汉语 ______________________________________________________
58 ③ 处句子译成英语 ___ __________________________________________________
59 ④ 处 shop 适形式填空 ________
60 回答： What time does Betty＇s birthday party start
________________________________________________________________________
Ⅸ 方框中词补全短文 ( 题 1 分 10 分 )
shopping for safe supermarket way product takes online receive spend
Computers have come into our lifeThey change our life in many waysHere＇s one of the examples
Who needs a (61)________ if you have Taobao ？ says Wang Lin 28 a writer in Beijing
Taobao China＇s largest (62)________ shopping site( 网购物网站 ) changes the (63)________ of Wang Lin＇s lifeOnline shopping (64)________ her lots of moneyMany people like Wang enjoy the new way of (65)________
Most online shoppers are students or young workersPeople can (66)________more than 250 billion( 十亿 ) yuan on online shopping a year 80 through Taobao
It＇s very (67)________ to shop online nowYou (68)________ the product and pay (69)________ itIf you don＇t like it the shop owner will not get the moneyYou can als o get your money back if you want to return the (70)________
Ⅹ 根句意首字母汉语提示完成单词 ( 题 05 分 25 分 )
71 —How was your trip last weekend
—It was f ________ We had a great time
72 —Can you t ________ us to sing Mr Zhang ？ —Yes I can
73 There are about two ________( 千 ) students in our school
74 You will________( 收 )a nice gift in two days
75 Camels can live for a few days ________( 没 ) water and food in the desert
Ⅺ 根汉语提示完成句子 ( 题 05 分 25 分 )
76 捡起钱包交老师
She ________ ________ the purse on the ground and gave it to the teacher
77 善良乐助
I＇m kind and I＇m always ________ ________ ________ others
78 六岁开始学魔术
He started to learn magic ________ ________ ________ ________ six
79 史密斯先生两年前搬北京
Mr Smith ________ to Beijing ________ _____ ___ ________
80 听年龄礼貌
________ isn＇t ________ ________ ask someone＇s age
Ⅻ 书面表达 (20 分 )
请根提示容写篇英语短文叙述学天活动
点： 1 早晨 8 ： 00 骑行车叔叔农场 8 ： 30 达
2 午参观农场干农活
3 中午野餐
4 午画画钓鱼
5 午 4 ： 30 准备回家
求： 1 容必须包括点适发挥 280 词左右
__________________ ______________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
第二学期期末测试卷
第 Ⅰ 卷 听力部分
听力材料：
Ⅰ 1 Can I ask you some questions
2 Is it easy to listen to English songs
3 How do you study
4 English is too hard I want to give it up
5 Do you think Stephen Hawking is a great man
Ⅱ 6 W How do you usually go to school by bus or by bike
M Wel l I go to school on foot
Q How does the man go to school
7 W I’d like the book How much is it
M It’s seventeen dollars
Q How much is the book
8 W Did you return to your hometown on May Day
M No but I returned on Mother’s Day
Q Whe n did the man return to his hometown
9 W Did your uncle hurt his hand when he was cooking
M No he didn’t But I did
Q Who hurt the hand
10 W What are you good at Jim
M I’m good at playing football but I don’t know how to play the piano
Q What’s Jim good at
Ⅲ M Good afternoon Linda
W Good afternoon Peter
M What are your family going to do this weekend
W My parents are going to see my grandparents My si ster Mary is going to a party
M Can you play football
W No I can’t but I can play tennis
M Would you like to play tennis with me on Saturday afternoon
W Sorry I’d love to but I’m going to see a film with my friends on Saturday afternoon
M W hat a pity
Ⅳ Where are you going ？ is often asked by Chinese when two friends meet in the street But if you ask Americans the same question they will be surprised because they think that where they are going is their own business In their eyes on ly a policeman will ask questions like that in the street
The same thing will happen to Americans if you ask them Have you had your meal ？ In fact to us Chinese such questions do not mean anything but a greeting
In America when two friends meet in the street they will say Hello or How are you ？ They never askWhere are you going ？ or Have you had your meal ？ If two friends meet at mealtime and one asks the other Have you had your meal ？ that means he wants to invite his friend to have a meal with him It’s quite different from what it means in China
The examples above tell us that people in different countries have different customs Now that we are learning foreign languages we must pay great attention to these customs
答案部分：
听力部分：
Ⅰ 1 ～ 5 ACCBB
Ⅱ 6 ～ 10 ABCBB
Ⅲ 11 ～ 15 ： CAABB
Ⅳ 16 ～ 20 CBACB
笔试部分
Ⅴ 21 A 点拨：考查冠词法句意：天早晨女弹时钢琴动词 play 接乐器名称定冠词 the 选 A
22 D
23 C
24 B 点拨：考查代词法 all 意 三者三者 his three dogs 知 家庭成员部分选 B
25 A
26 B 点拨： look forward to 指 期 盼 动词 需－ ing 形式选 B
27 A
28 B 点拨： 句意：考查连词法根 so they know Paris well 推断父母巴黎 根第二设空处面助动词 has 判断该句应短语 not only…but also 该短语连接列语时 谓语动词采取原 选 B
30 A 点拨：考查感叹句 so such 法第句感叹句 根中心词 weather 数名词 知结构： What ＋形容词＋数名词＋语＋谓语 so man ymuchfewlittle 固定搭配选 A
Ⅵ 31 B 点拨：考查代词 one 表示者中 it 指文中事物 thisthat 指文中事情
32 A 点拨：考查疑问词辨析 how about 表示 …… 样？ 句意知特殊节日里父母送礼物外 年中时候父母样选 A
33 C 点拨：考查介词 on 日期前面选 C
34 D 点拨：考查副词辨析 lonely 意 孤独 happily 意 幸福 sadly 意 悲伤 alone 意 独 根半句父母住外城市知独生活城市
35 B 点拨：考查固定短语 make a call 意 电话
36 C 点拨：考查词义辨析句意 约 10 秒钟 (seconds) 次拨通父母电话
37 B 点拨：考查词义辨析根文意知 父母拨两次 选 twice( 两次 )
38 A 点拨：考查副词辨析 quickly 意 快速 根文意 父母年龄 行动快速 选 A
39 D 点拨：考查词义辨析父母足够时间接电话选 D
40 D 点拨：考查词义辨析句意知应该事做起 父母天感快乐 make sb pleased 某高兴选 D
Ⅶ 41 ～ 45 CB DBC
46 ～ 50 BBADD
51 ～ 55 BACCA
Ⅷ 56 birthday 57 Betty 15 岁 58 Some of them
59 shopping 60 At three thirty
Ⅸ 61 supermarket 62 online 63 way 64 takes 65 shopping 66 spend 67 safe 68 receive 69 for 70 products
Ⅹ 71fantastic 72teach 73thousand 74receive 75without
Ⅺ 76picked up 77ready to help 78at the age of 79moved two years ago 80 It polite to
Ⅻ One possible vision ：
Today I went to visit my uncle’s farm with my classmates We started at eight o’clock and went there by bike We arrived there at half past eight In the morning my uncle took us around the farm and we did some farm work At noon we had a picnic near the river After a short rest we drew pictures and went fishing We played happily When it was four thirty in the afternoon we prepared to go back home What a wonderful day today
期 末 测试卷
时间： 120 分钟 满分： 120 分
题号
二
三
四
五
六
七
八
九
十
十
总分
分
听力部分 (20 分 )
听句子选出回答听问题答案 ( 题 1 分 5 分 )
1 ． AYes it＇s blue B ． No it＇s his C ． Yes it is
2 ． ABy car B ． Follow me C ． Thank you
3 ． AYes they will B ． No they don＇t C ． No they didn＇t
4 ． AIn a village B ． In 2008 C ． From 2008 to 2014
5 ． AI have a picnic B ． I went shopping C ． I enjoyed myself
二听五段话根话容选择正确答案 ( 题 1 分 5 分 )
6 ． Where is Cindy going now
A ． To Mr Smith＇s office B ． To the zoo
C ． To the hospital
7 ． What time is it
A ． 12 ： 15 B ． 11 ： 45
C ． 12 ： 45
8 ． How does Jenny l ike her vacation
A ． She can＇t stand it B ． She likes it very much
C ． She doesn＇t mind it
9 ． Whose dictionary is on the floor
A ． Miss Brown＇s B ． Mr Brown＇s
C ． Ms Brown＇s
10 ． When is Halloween in North America
A ． On October 31st B ． On November 13th
C ． On December 25th
三听话选择正确答案 ( 题 1 分 5 分 )
听第段话回答第 11 ～ 12 题
11 ． When is Tony＇s birthday
A ． This Friday B ． Next Monday
C ． Next Friday
12 ． Who will make a birthday cake for Tony＇s birthday
A ． His mother B ． His grandmother
C ． His father
听第二段话回答第 13 ～ 15 题
13 ． What does Jane＇s father do
A ． He is an engineer B ． He is a pilot
C ． He is a scientist
14 ． How can Tony ask Jane＇s father questions
A ． By email B ． By QQ
C ． By phone
15 ． When can Tony ask Jane＇s father questions
A ． At 6 o＇clock in the evening
B ． A t 7 o＇clock in the morning
C ． At 8 o＇clock in the evening
四听短文补全表格中缺信息空词数限 ( 题 1 分 5 分 )
Where did Henry go on holiday ？
To ________ 16
How was the weather in Sydney
It was ________ 17
What did Henry do on the beach ？
He played beach ________ 18
What did Mike do
He was a ________ 19
What animals did Henry see in the zoo
He saw lots of ________ 20 and kangaroos
笔试部分 (100 分 )
五单项选择 ( 题 1 分 15 分 )
21 ． Shenzhen is on ________ coast near Hong Kong It was ________ small village many years ago
A ． a the B ． the a
C ．填 填 D ． the the
22 ． There are ________ visitors here during the summer holiday
A ． thousand B ． thousands
C ． thousand of D ． thousands of
23 ． I ________ Tianjin at 6 ： 00 p ． m three days ago
A ． arrived B ． got
C ． arrived at D ． reached
24 ． It takes my mother one hour ________ to work
A ． walk B ． to walk
C ． to walking D ． walks
25 ． Luke met his PE monitor at the airport ________ Sunday evening
A ． on B ． for
C ． by D ． in
26 ． There ________ a sports meeting in our school next week
A ． will have B ． is going to have
C ． are going to be D ． is going to be
27 ． ________great fun we had in Yandu Park last Sunday
A ． How B ． What
C ． What a D ． How a
28 ． —Do you like listening to country music or rock music
—________It brings me pleasure
A ． Yes I do B ． No I don＇t
C ． I like music D ． Country music
29 ． Not only my parents but also my elder sister ________ a teacher
A ． is B ． are
C ． am D ． were
30 ． —Does your sister usually go to school by bike
—Yes the bike in front of the building is ________
A ． mine B ． his
C ． yours D ． hers
31 ． —Jim is never late for school ________ ？
—No he is used to getting to school early
A ． has he B ． is he
C ． hasn＇t he D ． isn＇t he
32 ． —________ do you like pandas
—Because they are very cute
A ． What B ． Who
C ． Why D ． Where
33 ． —Sorry Tom You ________ me a book yesterda y but I can＇t find it
—It＇s OK I don＇t need it any more
A ． lend B ． have lent
C ． will lend D ． lent
34 ． John ________ the TV and helped his mother with the housework
A ． turned off B ． heard from
C ． joined in D ． looked after
35 ． —I＇m going to the lab Bye Je rry
—________ Jackie I＇ll go with you
A ． I＇m not sure B ． I don＇t think so
C ． Wait a minute D ． Have a nice day
六完形填空 ( 题 1 分 15 分 )
Bill and Cathy wanted to go on a holiday They chose a place called Maldives ( 马尔代夫 ) And they decided to ________ 36 there for two weeks in spring because they heard that the weather there was perfect at that time They worked very hard for several ________ 37 Finally they made enough money for their dream ________ 38 But their trip was more like a nightmare ( 噩梦 )
Th e problem ________ 39 when the flight was put off because of bad weather They couldn＇t leave________ 40 night They finally got on the plane twelve hours later But they ________ 41 fly to Maldives because there was a storm They had to fly to the capital ci ty ________ 42 There they stayed in a small hotel ________ 43 the airport
The hotel was next to the sea but the sea was ________ 44 dirty that they couldn＇t swim in it And the hotel swimming pool was full of leaves The food was awful ________ 45 For breakfast there was ________ 46 bread and milk When the storm came they felt really ________ 47 Because of the bad weather they had to stay for ________ 48 night in the small hotel And they had ________ 49 to do It was so boring Finally they __ ______ 50 in Maldives three days later And someone told them the weather there had been wonderful all the time
36 ． Arun B ． work C ． stay D ． see
37 ． Aminutes B ． hours C ． days D ． months
38 ． Atrip B ． job C ． college D ． clothes
39 ． Afinished B ． jumped C ． continued D ． began
40 ． Aafter B ． since C ． until D ． from
41 ． Aneedn＇t B ． couldn＇t C ． shouldn＇t D ． won＇t
42 ． Aalready B ． yet C ． still D ． instead
43 ． Anear B ． from C ． across D ． next
44 ． Ahardly B ． much C ． so D ． enough
45 ． Aalso B ． either C ． too D ． very
46 ． Aonly B ． many C ． few D ． any
47 ． Afull B ． quiet C ． happy D ． terrible
48 ． Aother B ． another C ． more D ． others
49 ． Asomething B ． anything C ． nothing D ． everything
50 ． Areached B ． arrived C ． got D ． moved
七阅读理解 ( 题 2 分 30 分 )
A
Cough Medicine
Shake well before use
Take three times a day after meals
Adults ： 2 teaspoonfuls
Children ： 8 － 14 1 teaspoonful
Children ： 4 － 7 12 teaspoonful
Not for children below the age of 4
Keep in a cold place
Use before October 2019
Join us in a 10 kilometer country walk on Sunday June
☆☆☆☆☆☆☆☆☆☆☆☆☆☆☆☆
Meet at the school gate at 2 ： 20 in the afternoon
Strong shoes preferred
☆☆☆☆☆☆☆☆☆☆☆☆☆☆☆☆
Call Jeff at 73338888 if you want to know more
FAST FOOD OPEN HOURS
WEEKDAY
8 ： 00AM － 8 ： 00PM
WEEKEND
10 ： 00AM － 11 ： 00PM
51 ． From the last sign we know we can ________ here
A ． eat something B ． fish
C ． swim D ． go boating
52 ． You＇d better ________ if you want to take part in the outing on Sunday
A ． not go to school
B ． take your camera
C ． wear strong shoes
D ． take the cough medicine
53 ． If you are hungry at 8 ： 30 a m on Sunday you _____ ___
A ． can＇t get anything from the fast food shop
B ． can call Jeff on 73338888
C ． can go to the fast food shop and buy some food
D ． can drink two teaspoonfuls of cough medicine
54 ． Helen is nine years old She caught a bad cough She should take ________ a day
A ． 1 teaspoonful B ． 2 teaspoonfuls
C ． 15 teaspoonfuls D ． 3 teaspoonfuls
55 ． The cough medicine ________
A ． can be used by the children aged 3
B ． can＇t be used after October 2019
C ． needn＇t shake
D ． can be taken before meals
B
Mr and Mrs Green lived in a bi g city and one summer they went to the country( 乡村 ) for their holidayThey enjoyed it very much because it was a quiet clean place
One day they went for a walk early in the morning and met an old manHe lived on a farm and he was sitting in front of his houseMr Green asked him Do you like to live in this quiet place ？ The old man said Yes I __ do Mr Green asked again What are the good things about it ？
The old man answered Well the people here know each otherThey often come and visit me and I often go and visit themAnd there are also lots of children here
Mr Green said That＇s interestingAnd what are the bad things ？ The old man thought for a moment and then said Well the same things really
56 ． Mr and Mrs Green went to the country ____ ____
A ． to see the old man
B ． to spend their holiday
C ． to see the quiet place
D ． to see their friends
57 ． Mr and Mrs Green enjoyed the country because ________
A ． it was far from the city
B ． there was a farm
C ． there were lots of children
D ． it was quiet and clean
58 ． One day Mr and Mrs Green took a walk ________
A ． early in the morning B ． after breakfast
C ． in the evening D ． after lunch
59 ． The old man said Yes I doI do here means ________ ．
A ． I like to live in this place
B ． I like to sit in front of my house
C ． I like to go out for a walk early in the morning
D ． I like to live in the city
60 ． Did the old man like the people to come and visit him
A ． Yes he did
B ． No he didn＇t
C ． Sometimes he did but sometimes he didn＇t
D ． We don＇t know
C
A farmer＇s dog Dolly had puppies( 狗 ) and the farmer needed to sell themHe painted a sign and put it in his yardAs he was putting up the sign a little boy walked up to him
Sirhe said I want to buy one of your dogs
Wellsaid the farmer these dogs are very expensive
Can I just have a look ？ asked the boy
Sure said the farmer and he whistled( 吹口哨 ) Here Dolly he called
Dolly ran out from the doghouse and four little dogs followed herThe boy became excitedThen the little boy noticed another dogTh at one was smallerIt moved slowly and tried to catch up with the others
I want that onethe boy said pointing to the little dog
The farmer said You＇d better not choose that dogHe will never be able to run and play with you like these four dogs
T he little boy bent from the waist and rolled up( 卷起 ) one leg of his trousersHe showed a cast on his leg and a special shoe He said You see sir I don＇t run too well myself and he will need someone who understands him
The world is full of people who need someone that understands them
61 ． How many puppies did Dolly have
A ． Two B ． Three
C ． Five D ． One
62 ． How did the boy feel when the dogs ran out
A ． Excited B ． Disappointed
C ． Sad D ． Upset
63 ． How did the farmer respond to the boy＇s choice
A ． He sold the dog to the boy
B ． He advised the boy not to choose that dog
C ． He told the boy the dog was ill
D ． He asked the boy to leave at once
64 ． What do the underlined words mean
A ．跪 B ．起身
C ．跳跃 D ．弯腰
65 ． Which of the following statements is true
A ． Dolly w as badly ill
B ． One of the dogs moved slowly probably because its legs were weak
C ． Nothing was wrong with the boy＇s leg
D ． The boy didn＇t understand the little dog
八务型阅读 ( 题 2 分 10 分 )
Wu Yishu a 16 year old student from Shanghai won a Chinese poetry( 诗 )competition in the second season of the ChinesePoetryConference on Feb 7th 2017She beat other competitors because of her learning about Chinese culture and works I enjoy the happiness brought by the poetry Wu said
In the final Wu performed( 表现 ) we ll in many parts such as competitors recalling( 回忆 )poems by looking at sand paintings and reciting( 背诵 )poems about the Chinese character Jiu as many as possible
As early as Feb 1st when Wu recited a Chinese poem about the months of the year Someone sa id that Wu must have remembered at least more than 2 000 Chinese poetryThe 18 meter tall Wu said that she kept only a poetry book on the bookshelf at the room instead of other books such as math physics and English books
Wu＇s excellent performance pushed more and more people to learn Chinese poetry
66 ． Where is Wu Yishu from
________________________________________________________________________
67 ． When did Wu win a Chinese poetry competition
________________________________________________________________________
68 ． What did Wu keep on the bookshelf at her room
________________________________________________________________________
69 ． Did Wu perform well in the final competition
___________ _____________________________________________________________
70 ． What do you think of Wu Yishu
________________________________________________________________________
九情景交际 ( 题 1 分 5 分 )
A ： Excuse me sir
B ： ________ 71
A ： I want to go to Guangqumen but I d on＇t know how to get the ticket from ATM( 动售票机 ) ．
B ： ________ 72 Well just press ( ) here
A ： How much is the ticket
B ： ________ 73
A ： All right By the way how often do the subways come
B ： About every six minutes
A ： ________ 74
B ： At 11 ： 00 pm
A ： OK Got it Than k you for your help
B ： ________ 75
A ： Goodbye
B ： Bye bye
A ． This way please
B ． What can I do for you
C ． What time is the last one
D ． It takes forty minutes
E ． 2
F ． It＇s my pleasure
G ． I＇m not sure
十完成句子 ( 题 1 分 5 分 )
76 ．五月日劳动节
May 1st is ________ ________
77 ．记忆中父亲求严格
My father was ________ ________ me in my memory
78 ．努力学梦想会实现
Work hard and your dream will ________ ________
79 ．事实遂宁真休闲放松方
________ ________ Suining is really a good place to relax a nd enjoy yourself
80 ．猜猜？天书店里碰第位老师
________ ________ ？ I met my first teacher in the bookshop today
十 书面表达 (20 分 )
中秋节中国传统节日家样节日呢？请写篇 70 词左右作外国朋友介绍家节情况吧
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________ ___________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
_ _______________________________________________________________________
期末测试卷
听力材料：
1 Hello Mike Is the eraser yours
2 ． How does your father go to work every day
3 ． Will they visit their teachers together the day after tomorrow
4 ． Where was your sister born
5 ． What did you do the day before yesterday
二 6M ： Do you have a minute Cindy
W ： Sorry I＇m in a hurry to go to Mr Smith＇s office now
Q ： Where is Cindy going now
7 ． M ： What time is it
W ： It＇s a quarter to twelve
Q ： What time is it
8 ． M ： Hey Je nny
W ： Hi Bob
M ： How was your vacation
W ： It was fantastic
Q ： How does Jenny like her vacation
9 ． M ： Sandy look there is a dictionary on the floor
Whose is it
W ： It＇s Miss Brown＇s I found her name on the first page of the dictionary
Q ： Whose dictionary is on the floor
10 ． M ： Hey Daisy what do you know about Halloween
W ： Oh it＇s a popular festival in North America
M ： Is it in November
W ： No it＇s on October 31st
Q ： When is Halloween in North America
三 Text 1
W ： Hi Tony Is next Monday your bi rthday
M ： No my birthday is next Friday
W ： I＇m sorryWhat will your family do for your birthday
M ： My mother will have a birthday party for meAnd my grandmother will make a birthday cake
W ： Great What about your father
M ： He will buy me some books
Text 2
M ： My father is an engineerWhat about your father Jane
W ： He is a pilot
M ： I want to be a pilot tooCan I ask your father something about pilots
W ： Of courseYou can talk to him by phone
M ： Can I send him an email
W ： No TonyHe never sends emails
M ： OKC an I call him at six o＇clock in the evening
W ： Maybe eight o＇clock is betterHe is usually free at eight
四 M ： Hi my name is Henry I just got back from AustraliaThe holiday was great I enjoyed it very muchThe weather in Sydney was sunny Every day I went to the beach and played beach volleyball there The Australian people were really kind and I made a lot of Australian friendsOne of them was Mike He was a guideHe knew a lot about Australian animals I went to a big zoo with him and saw lots of tig ers and kangaroos It was so exciting I had a great time there
听力答案：
1 － 5 BAAAB
二 6 － 10 ABBAA
三 11 － 15 CBBCC
四 16 Australia 17 sunny 18 volleyball
19 ． guide 20 tigers
五 21 B
22 ． D 点拨：题考查 thousand 法前面数词 thousand 单数形式加 of thousand of 连表示确切数时 thousand 复数形式
23 ． D 24 B
25 ． A 点拨：表示具体某天午 ( 文晚 ) 介词 on
26 ． D 点拨： there be 句式般时结构： there will be there isare going to be there be 句式遵循原 a sports meeting 单数选 D
27 ． B
28 ． D 点拨：语法分析法解答 选择疑问句需 yes no 回答直接回答出选容
29 ． A
30 ． D 点拨：联系文法解答根文中语 your sister 知女性 hers
31 ． B 点拨：考查反意疑问句 never 表示否定意义肯定形式简短问句选 B
32 ． C 33 D 34 A 35 C
六 36 C 点拨：句意知 年春天决定马尔代夫呆两周 stay
37 ． D 38 A
39 ． D 点拨： finished 完成 jumped 跳 continued 继续 b egan 开始 结合文知麻烦飞机延迟开始选 D
40 ． C 41 B
42 ． D 点拨：句知马尔代夫飞首城市代马尔代夫 选 instead
43 ． A 44 C 45 C
46 ． A 点拨：句意知 早餐仅仅面包牛奶 only
47 ． D
48 ． B 点拨： another 表示
49 ． C 点拨：结合文 It was so boring 知事做选 C
50 ． B
七 A ) 51 A 点拨：细节理解题根标示信息 FAST FOOD 知里吃东西选 A
52 ． C 点拨：细节理解题根第二标示里信息 Strong shoes preferred 知穿结实鞋子选 C
53 ． A 点拨：细节理解题根第三标识里信息 WEEKEND 10 ： 00 A M ． —11 ： 00 P M ．知家快餐店周日午 10 点晚 11 点间营业午 8 ： 30 快餐店没开门选 A
54 ． D 点拨：细节理解题根第标识里信息 Take three times a day after meals Children 8—14 1 teaspoonful 知 8 14 岁孩子餐天服三次药次 1 匙剂量选 D
55 ． B 点拨：细节理解题根第标识里信息 Use before October 2019 知感药 2019 年 10 月前选 B
B ) 56 B 点拨：细节理解题根第段第句 … one summer they went to the country( 乡村 ) for their holiday 知 乡村度假
57 ． D 点拨：细节理解题根第段句 … because it was a quiet clean place 知喜欢乡村里安静洁净
58 ． A 点拨：细节理解题根第二段第句 One day they went for a walk early in the morning 知早晨散步
59 ． A 点拨：联系文法解答根文问 Do you like to live in this quiet place ？ 知处 do 表示 like to live in this quiet place
60 ． C 点拨：推理判断题根句 Well the same things really 知住乡村相互认识串门优点足老时喜欢时喜欢
C ) 61 C 点拨：细节理解题根文中 Dolly ran out from the doghouse and four little dogs followed her …another dog 知 5 狗
62 ． A 点拨：细节理解题根 文中 The boy became excited 知孩子狗兴奋
63 ． B 点拨：细节理解题根文中倒数第三段 You＇d better not choose that dog 知农民建议男孩购买狗选 B
64 ． D 点拨：词义猜测题根常识想卷起裤必须弯腰选 D
65 ． B 点拨：推理判断题根 That one was smallerIt moved slowly and tried to catch up with the others 推测出 狗腿较柔弱
八 66 She is from Shanghai Shanghai She comes from Shanghai
67 ． On Feb 7th 2017 She won a Chinese poetry competition On Feb 7th 2017
68 ． She kept a poetry book A poetry book
69 ． Yes she did Yes
70 ． She＇s excellentgreatwonderful…
九 71 － 75 BAECF
十 76 May Day 77 strict with 78 come true 79 In fact 80 Guess what
十范文：
The Mid autumn Festival
The Mid autumn Festival is one __ of __ the __ most __ important __ traditional __ festivals in China It usually comes on the fifteenth day of the eighth lunar month
Most people usually have a three day off They get together from work Usually they have a big dinner on Mid autumn Day People often eat mooncakes and many different kinds of fre sh fruits such __ as apples pears and so on
The Mid autumn Festival is a time for people to get together Everyone looks __ forward __ to the festival
名师点评：
文三方面介绍中国传统节日中秋节第段先总体介绍中秋节时间第二段详细介绍中秋节风俗第三段总结全文
文添彩点：
one of the most important … such a s… look forward to… 等高级结构运体现作者良写作功底
文档香网(httpswwwxiangdangnet)户传
《香当网》用户分享的内容，不代表《香当网》观点或立场，请自行判断内容的真实性和可靠性！
该内容是文档的文本内容，更好的格式请下载文档
